Bryant Air Conditioner R 22 User Manual

RESIDENTIAL AIR CONDITIONERS AND HEAT PUMPS  
USING R--22 AND PURONR REFRIGERANT  
Application Guideline  
and Service Manual  
TABLE OF CONTENTS  
PAGE  
PAGE  
UNIT IDENTIFICATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
INSTALLATION GUIDELINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
ACCESSORIES AND DESCRIPTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 -- 5  
LOW--AMBIENT GUIDELINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 -- 7  
LONG LINE GUIDELINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
CABINET ASSEMBLY & COMPONENTS . . . . . . . . . . . 8 -- 11  
ELECTRICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 -- 13  
Aluminum Wire . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
Capacitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12--13  
Cycle Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
Crankcase Heater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
Time--Delay Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
PRESSURE SWITCHES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
DEFROST THERMOSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
DEFROST CONTROL BOARD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 -- 17  
MAKE PIPING CONNECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30  
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM REPAIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31--33  
Leak Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31  
Coil Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31  
Compressor Removal and Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
System Clean--Up After Burnout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32  
Evacuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
CHECK CHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33  
TROUBLESHOOTING WITH SUPERHEAT . . . . . . . . . 34 -- 43  
TWO--STAGE 286ANA, 288ANA, 180ANA, 187ANA 44 -- 56  
APPLICATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44  
MODEL PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44  
Make Airflow Selections For 187A/286A/  
180ANA024,36,48/180ANA060/288ANA024,36,48, 288ANA60  
Using Non--communicating (Non--Evolution) Thermostats . . . 45  
Airflow Selection for FV4 Fan Coils for 180A, 187A, 286A,  
288A with serial number 3809 and later Using  
Non--Communicating (Non--Evolution) Thermostats . . . . . . . . 45  
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45--46  
CHECK CHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46  
SYSTEM FUNCTION AND  
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17--18  
SYSTEM FUNCTION AND  
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47--50  
COPELAND SCROLL COMPRESSOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--22  
Compressor Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Mechanical Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19--20  
Electrical Failures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21--22  
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22--23  
Refrigerant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Compressor Oil . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Servicing Systems on Roofs With Synthetic Materials . . . . 23  
Brazing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
Service Valves and Pump down . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24--26  
Liquid Line Filter Drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
Suction Line Filter Drier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27  
Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29--30  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51--55  
TWO--STAGE 286B/289B/180B/187B . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56--66  
APPLICATION GUIDELINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
MODEL PLUG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56  
Airflow Selections For 187B / 286B / 180B /289B Using  
Non--Communicating (Non--Evolution) Thermostats . . . . . . . . 57  
Airflow Selection For FV4 Fan Coils For 180B / 187B / 286B /  
289BUsing Non--Communicating (non--Evolution)  
Thermostats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57  
GENERAL INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57--55  
CHECK CHARGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58  
SYSTEM FUNCTION AND  
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59--62  
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62--66  
SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS  
INSTALLATION GUIDELINE  
Installation, service, and repair of these units should be attempted  
only by trained service technicians familiar with standard service  
instruction and training material.  
Residential New Construction  
Specifications for these units in the residential new construction  
market require the outdoor unit, indoor unit, refrigerant tubing sets,  
metering device, and filter drier listed in Product Data (PD). DO  
NOT DEVIATE FROM PD. Consult unit Installation Instructions  
for detailed information.  
All equipment should be installed in accordance with accepted  
practices and unit Installation Instructions, and in compliance with  
all national and local codes. Power should be turned off when  
servicing or repairing electrical components. Extreme caution  
should be observed when troubleshooting electrical components  
with power on. Observe all warning notices posted on equipment  
and in instructions or manuals.  
Add--On Replacement (Retrofit) -- R22 to Puron  
Specifications for these units in the add--on replacement/retrofit  
market require change--out of outdoor unit, metering device, and  
all capillary tube coils. Change--out of indoor coil is recommended.  
There can be no deviation.  
!
WARNING  
1. If system is being replaced due to compressor electrical  
failure, assume acid is in system. If system is being replaced  
for any other reason, use approved acid test kit to determine  
acid level. If even low levels of acid are detected install  
factory approved, 100 percent activated alumina  
suction--line filter drier in addition to the factory supplied  
liquid--line filter drier. Remove the suction line filter drier as  
soon as possible, with a maximum of 72 hr.  
UNIT OPERATION AND SAFETY HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal  
injury or equipment damage.  
Puronr (R--410A) systems operate at higher pressures than  
standard R--22 systems. Do not use R--22 service equipment  
or components on Puronr equipment. Ensure service  
equipment is rated for Puronr.  
2. Drain oil from low points or traps in suction--line and  
evaporator if they were not replaced.  
3. Change out indoor coil or verify existing coil is listed in the  
Product Data Digest.  
4. Unless indoor unit is equipped with a Puronr approved  
metering device, change out metering device to factory  
supplied or field--accessory device specifically designed for  
Puronr.  
Refrigeration systems contain refrigerant under pressure. Extreme  
caution should be observed when handling refrigerants. Wear  
safety glasses and gloves to prevent personal injury. During normal  
system operations, some components are hot and can cause burns.  
Rotating fan blades can cause personal injury. Appropriate safety  
considerations are posted throughout this manual where potentially  
dangerous techniques are addressed.  
5. Replace outdoor unit with Puronr outdoor unit.  
6. Install factory--supplied liquid--line filter drier.  
INTRODUCTION  
This document provides required system information necessary to  
install, service, repair or maintain the family air conditioners and  
heat pumps using R22 or Puron refrigerant.  
!
CAUTION  
Refer to the unit Product Data for rating information, electrical  
data, required clearances, additional component part numbers and  
related pre--sale data. Installation Instructions are also available per  
specific models.  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
Never install suction--line filter drier in the liquid--line of a  
Puronr system.  
7. If suction--line filter drier was installed for system clean up,  
operate system for 10 hr. Monitor pressure drop across drier.  
If pressure drop exceeds 3 psig, replace suction--line and  
liquid--line filter driers. Be sure to purge system with dry  
nitrogen and evacuate when replacing filter driers. Continue  
to monitor pressure drop across suction--line filter drier.  
After 10 hr of runtime, remove suction--line filter drier and  
replace liquid--line filter drier. Never leave suction--line  
filter drier in system longer than 72 hr (actual time).  
8. Charge system. (See unit information plate.)  
Seacoast  
Coastal units are available in selected models and sizes of Air  
Conditioners and Heat Pumps. These units have protection to help  
resist the corrosive coastal environment. Features include:  
S
S
Armor plate fins and epoxy coated coils  
Complete baked--on paint coverage  
(both sides of external sheet metal and grilles)  
S
Paint coated screws  
Coastal environments are considered to be within 2 miles of the  
ocean. Salt water can be carried as far away as 2 miles from the  
coast by means of sea spray, mist or fog. Line--of--sight distance  
from the ocean, prevailing wind direction, relative humidity,  
wet/dry time, and coil temperatures will determine the severity of  
corrosion potential in the coastal environment.  
3
ACCESSORIES  
Table 1—Required Field--Installed Accessories for Air Conditioners  
REQUIRED FOR  
SEA COAST  
APPLICATIONS  
REQUIRED FOR LOW---AMBIENT  
COOLING APPLICATIONS  
(Below 55°F/12.8_C)  
REQUIRED FOR  
LONG LINE APPLICA-  
TIONS*  
ACCESSORY  
(Within 2 miles/3.22 km)  
Ball Bearing Fan Motor  
Compressor Start Assist Capacitor and Relay  
Crankcase Heater  
Yes {}  
Yes**  
No  
Yes  
Yes }  
No  
No  
No  
Yes }  
No  
Evaporator Freeze Thermostat  
H a r d S h u t --- O f f T X V  
Yes }  
No  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
Liquid Line Solenoid Valve  
No  
No  
®
Motor Master or Low---ambient Pressure Switch  
Yes }  
No  
No  
Recommended  
No  
Support Feet  
Recommended  
Yes }  
No  
Winter Start Control  
No  
* For tubing line sets between 80 and 200 ft. (24.38 and 60.96 m) and/or 35 ft. (10.7 m) vertical differential, refer to Residential Piping and Longline Guideline.  
{
Additional requirement for Low---Ambient Controller (full modulation feature) MotorMasterr Control.  
}
Evolution 2---stage units come standard with this accessory.  
* * Not r equ ir ed on 2 --- stage  
Table 2—Required Field--Installed Accessories for Heat Pumps  
REQUIRED FOR  
SEA COAST APPLICA-  
TIONS (Within 2 miles /  
3.22 km)  
REQUIRED FOR LOW---AMBIENT  
COOLING APPLICATIONS  
(Below 55°F / 12.8°C)  
REQUIRED FOR  
LONG LINE APPLICA-  
TIONS*  
ACCESSORY  
Accumulator  
Ball Bearing Fan Motor  
Standard  
Yes {}  
Standard  
No  
Standard  
No  
Compressor Start Assist Capacitor and Relay  
Yes **  
Yes  
No  
Crankcase Heater  
Yes }  
No  
Yes }  
Evaporator Freeze Thermostat  
Hard Shutoff TXV  
Yes }  
Yes  
Yes  
No  
Yes  
No  
No  
Yes  
No  
Isolation Relay  
See Long---Line Application  
Guideline  
Liquid Line Solenoid Valve  
No  
No  
Motor Master® Control or  
Low Ambient Switch  
Yes }  
No  
No  
No  
Support Feet  
Recommended  
Recommended  
* For tubing line sets between 80 and 200 ft. (24.38 and 60.96 m) and/or 20 ft. (6.09 m) vertical differential, refer to Residential Piping and Longline Guideline.  
{ Additional requirement for Low---Ambient Controller (full modulation feature) MotorMasterr Control.  
}
Evolution 2---stage units come standard with this accessory.  
* * Not r equ ir ed on 2 --- stage  
4
ACCESSORY DESCRIPTIONS  
Refer to Table 1 for an Accessory Usage Guide for Air  
Conditioners and Table 2 for Heat Pumps. Refer to the appropriate  
section below for a description of each accessory and its use.  
6. Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV)  
A modulating flow--control valve which meters refrigerant liquid  
flow rate into the evaporator in response to the superheat of the  
refrigerant gas leaving the evaporator.  
1. Crankcase Heater  
An electric resistance heater which mounts to the base of the  
compressor to keep the lubricant warm during off cycles. Improves  
compressor lubrication on restart and minimizes the chance of  
liquid slugging.  
Kit includes valve, adapter tubes, and external equalizer tube. Hard  
shut off types are available.  
Usage Guideline:  
Accessory required to meet ARI rating and system  
reliability, where indoor not equipped.  
Usage Guideline:  
Required in low ambient cooling applications.  
Required in long line applications.  
Suggested in all commercial applications.  
2. Evaporator Freeze Thermostat  
Hard shut off TXV or LLS required in heat pump  
long line applications.  
Required for use on all zoning systems.  
7. Time--Delay Relay  
An SPST temperature--actuated switch that stops unit operation  
when evaporator reaches freeze--up conditions.  
An SPST delay relay which briefly continues operation of indoor  
blower motor to provide additional cooling after the compressor  
cycles off.  
Usage Guideline:  
NOTE: Most indoor unit controls include this feature. For those  
that do not, use the guideline below.  
Required when low ambient kit has been added.  
3. Isolation Relay  
An SPDT relay which switches the low--ambient controller out of  
the outdoor fan motor circuit when the heat pump switches to  
heating mode.  
Usage Guideline:  
Accessory required to meet ARI rating, where indoor  
not equipped.  
8. Wind Baffle  
Usage Guideline:  
Use only in installations where high winds are prevalent to prevent  
cross currents from causing abnormal control operation. For  
construction, refer to Fig. 1 and Fig. 2.  
Required in all heat pumps where low ambient kit has  
been added  
4. Low--Ambient Pressure Switch  
NOTE: When wind baffles are used, raising unit off of mounting  
pad with 4--in. support feet or unit risers is REQUIRED. This  
provides better airflow for moderate and high ambient  
temperatures.  
A fan--speed control device activated by a temperature sensor,  
designed to control condenser fan motor speed in response to the  
saturated, condensing temperature during operation in cooling  
mode only. For outdoor temperatures down to --20_F (--28.9_C), it  
maintains condensing temperature at 100_F ± 10_F (37.8_C ±  
12_C).  
9. Winter Start Control  
This control is designed to alleviate nuisance opening of the  
low--pressure switch by bypassing it for the first 3 minutes of  
operation. This control is for AC units operating in low ambient  
cooling but is not required for Heat Pumps. Heat pumps have a  
loss of charge switch rather than a low pressure switch and  
nuisance trips should not be an issue.  
Usage Guideline:  
A Low Ambient Controller must be used when  
cooling operation is used at outdoor temperatures  
below 55_F (12.8_C).  
Suggested for all commercial applications.  
5. Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor  
Designed for use with Bryant Thermostats listed in this  
publication. This device enables the thermostat to display the  
outdoor temperature. This device is required to enable special  
thermostat features such as auxiliary heat lock out.  
Usage Guideline:  
Suggested for all Bryant thermostats listed in this  
publication.  
5
LOW--AMBIENT COOLING GUIDELINE  
The minimum operating temperature for these units in cooling  
mode is 55_F/12.7_C outdoor ambient without additional  
accessories. This equipment may be operated in cooling mode at  
ambient temperatures below 55_F/12.7_C when the accessories  
listed in Table 1 or 2 are installed. Wind baffles are required when  
operating in cooling mode at ambients below 55_F/12.7_C. Refer  
to Fig. 1 for wind baffle construction details for Legacy RNC  
through Legacy Line models and Fig. 2 for Deluxe models. First  
production of Preferred Series units are capable of low ambient  
cooling only with pressure switch or Evolution UI control. Motor  
Master was not available. See most current Product Data for  
updates. Evolution Series 2--Stage units are capable of low ambient  
cooling only with Evolution UI control.  
A06450  
Entry, Mid Tier, and 4 Sided Deluxe Units (in.)  
UNIT  
SIZE  
AA  
UNIT HEIGHT  
A
B
C --- 1  
C --- 2  
C --- 3  
D
25---5/16  
28---11/16  
32---1/8  
35---1/2  
38---15/16  
42---5/16  
45---11/16  
25  
28---7/16  
31---13/16  
35---1/4  
38---5/8  
42  
45---7/16  
25---1/2  
28---15/16  
32---5/16  
35---3/4  
39---1/8  
42---1/2  
45---15/16  
25---1/2  
28---15/16  
32---5/16  
35---3/4  
39---1/8  
42---1/2  
45---15/16  
20---3/8  
23---13/16  
27---3/16  
30---5/8  
34  
37---3/8  
40---13/16  
20---3/8  
23---13/16  
27---3/16  
30---5/8  
34  
37---3/8  
40---13/16  
20---3/8  
23---13/16  
27---3/16  
30---5/8  
34  
37---3/8  
40---13/16  
20---3/8  
23---13/16  
27---3/16  
30---5/8  
34  
10---1/16  
11---3/4  
13---1/2  
15---3/16  
16---7/8  
18---9/16  
20---1/4  
10---1/16  
11---3/4  
13---1/2  
15---3/16  
16---7/8  
18---9/16  
20---1/4  
10---1/16  
11---3/4  
13---1/2  
15---3/16  
16---7/8  
18---9/16  
20---1/4  
10---1/16  
11---3/4  
13---1/2  
15---3/16  
16---7/8  
18---9/16  
20---1/4  
Mini Base  
23---1/8  
1---5/16  
8 --- 1 / 4  
3 --- 1 / 2  
39---1/4  
Small  
25---3/4  
31---1/4  
35  
3---15/16  
9 --- 3 / 8  
10---7/8  
16---5/16  
20---1/8  
6 --- 1 / 8  
11---9/16  
15---3/8  
41---7/8  
47---3/8  
51---1/8  
Medium  
Large  
13---3/16  
37---3/8  
40---13/16  
Fig. 1 – Base / Mid--Tier / Deluxe (4--sided) Baffle Assembly  
6
BAFFLE-1  
MATL: 20 GA STEEL  
A06230  
3 Sided Deluxe Units (in.)  
UNIT  
SIZE  
AA  
UNIT HEIGHT  
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
29---1/2  
32---15/16  
36---5/16  
39---3/4  
43---1/8  
46---1/2  
30---5/16  
33---11/16  
37---1/8  
23---13/16  
27---3/16  
30---5/8  
34  
37---3/8  
40---13/16  
23---13/16  
27---3/16  
30---5/8  
34  
11---7/8  
13---5/8  
15---5/16  
17  
18---11/16  
20---3/8  
11---7/8  
13---5/8  
15---5/16  
17  
Medium  
Large  
33  
16  
81.9  
16---3/8  
80.3  
78.8  
12---3/4  
45---7/8  
40  
22---5/16  
80.2  
16---11/16  
17---3/8  
51---1/16  
40---1/2  
43---7/8  
47---5/16  
37---3/8  
40---13/16  
18---11/16  
20---3/8  
Fig. 2 – Deluxe (3--sided) Baffle Assembly and Dimensions  
7
LONG LINE GUIDELINE  
Refer to Residential Piping and Long Line Guideline for air  
conditioner and heat pump systems using Puron refrigerant or  
Long Line Guideline for R--22 Air Conditioners and Heat Pumps.  
CABINET ASSEMBLY  
Basic Cabinet Designs  
Certain maintenance routines and repairs require removal of the  
cabinet panels. There are 3 basic cabinet designs for air  
conditioning and heat pumps. Each design tier has options of  
standard or dense grills. (See Fig. 3).  
E v o l u t i o n 2 --- S t a g e  
Preferred  
Evolution  
Legacy  
Preferred  
(no longer in production)  
Evolution  
Legacy --- Puron with Wrap Grille  
(no longer in production)  
(no longer in production)  
Legacy RNC --- R22 with Wrap Grille  
(no longer in production)  
Fig. 3 – Cabinet Designs  
8
Access Compressor Or Other Internal Cabinet Components  
NOTE: It is not necessary to remove the top cover to gain access.  
Removing the top cover may cause grill panels, corner posts,  
louvers or coils to be damaged. It is recommended to protect the  
top cover from damage of tools, belt buckles, etc. while servicing  
from the top.  
Remove Fan Motor Assembly -- Mid--Tier / Deluxe  
1. Perform items 1 through 6 from above.  
2. Remove nuts securing fan motor to top cover.  
3. Remove motor and fan blade assembly.  
4. Reverse sequence for reassembly.  
1. Should the unit height allow components to be accessed  
from the top of the unit, follow procedures for removing fan  
motor assembly. Access components through the top cap.  
5. Prior to applying power, check that fan rotates freely.  
Control Box Cover—Legacy RNC Products  
This panel contains much of the same information as the  
information plate mentioned previously, but is designed only to  
cover the control box.  
2. Large components may not be removed easily without  
having access from the top and side. Side access may allow  
procedures such as brazing, cutting, and removal easier.  
Follow procedures below:  
Remove Top Cover—Legacy RNC Products  
a. Follow procedures to remove the fan motor assembly.  
1. Turn off all power to outdoor an indoor units.  
b. Air conditioning units only, remove the screws from the top  
of the electrical control panel. (Heat pumps will not have  
screws holding the electrical control panel in place at the top  
once the control box cover has been removed.)  
2. Remove 5 screws holding top cover to coil grille and coil  
tube sheet.  
3. Remove 2 screws holding control box cover.  
4. Remove 2 screws holding information plate.  
5. Disconnect fan motor wires, cut any wire ties, and move  
wires out of control box and through tube clamp on back of  
control box.  
c. Remove the base pan screws holding the control panel and  
lift off the unit.  
Certain maintenance routines and repairs require removal of  
cabinet panels.  
6. Lift top cover from unit.  
Remove Top Cover -- Mid--Tier / Deluxe  
1. Turn off all power to outdoor and indoor units.  
2. Remove access panel.  
7. Reverse sequence for reassembly.  
Remove Fan Motor Assembly—Legacy RNC Products  
1. Perform items 1, 3, 4, and 5 above. (Note: item 2 is not  
3. Remove information plate.  
required.)  
4. Disconnect fan motor wires and cut wire ties. Remove wires  
from control box. Refer to unit wiring label.  
5. Remove screws holding top cover to louver panels.  
6. Lift top cover from unit.  
2. Remove 4 screws holding wire basket to top cover.  
3. Lift wire basket from unit.  
4. Remove nuts holding fan motor to wire basket.  
5. Remove motor and fan blade assembly.  
6. Pull wires through wire raceway to change motor.  
7. Reverse sequence for reassembly.  
7. Reverse sequence for reassembly.  
8. Prior to applying power, check that fan rotates freely.  
9
Legacy RNC and Legacy Line AC Control Box  
Legacy RNC and Legacy Line HP Control Box  
Fig. 4 – Legacy RNC and Legacy Line Control Box Identification  
10  
Labeling  
The wiring schematic, sub--cooling charging tables with  
instructions, and warning labels. Refer to Fig. 5 for label location.  
Fig. 5 – Figure Labels  
11  
3. Reconnect leads and apply low--voltage power to contactor  
coil. This may be done by leaving high--voltage power to  
outdoor unit off and turning thermostat to cooling. Check  
voltage at coil with voltmeter. Reading should be between  
20v and 30v. Contactor should pull in if voltage is correct  
and coil is good. If contactor does not pull in, replace  
contactor.  
4. With high--voltage power off and contacts pulled in, check  
for continuity across contacts with ohmmeter. A very low or  
0 resistance should be read. Higher readings could indicate  
burned or pitted contacts which may cause future failures.  
ELECTRICAL  
!
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or death.  
Exercise extreme caution when working on any electrical  
components. Shut off all power to system prior to  
troubleshooting. Some troubleshooting techniques require  
power to remain on. In these instances, exercise extreme  
caution to avoid danger of electrical shock. ONLY TRAINED  
Capacitor  
SERVICE  
PERSONNEL  
SHOULD  
PERFORM  
!
ELECTRICAL TROUBLESHOOTING.  
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or equipment damage.  
Aluminum Wire  
Capacitors can store electrical energy when power is off.  
Electrical shock can result if you touch the capacitor terminals  
and discharge the stored energy. Exercise extreme caution  
when working near capacitors. With power off, discharge  
stored energy by shorting across the capacitor terminals with a  
15,000--ohm, 2--watt resistor.  
!
CAUTION  
UNIT OPERATION AND SAFETY HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
Aluminum wire may be used in the branch circuit (such as  
the circuit between the main and unit disconnect), but only  
copper wire may be used between the unit disconnect and the  
unit.  
NOTE: If bleed resistor is wired across start capacitor, it must be  
disconnected to avoid erroneous readings when ohmmeter is  
applied across capacitor.  
Whenever aluminum wire is used in branch circuit wiring with this  
unit, adhere to the following recommendations.  
!
WARNING  
Connections must be made in accordance with the National  
Electrical Code (NEC), using connectors approved for aluminum  
wire. The connectors must be UL approved (marked Al/Cu with  
the UL symbol) for the application and wire size. The wire size  
selected must have a current capacity not less than that of the  
copper wire specified, and must not create a voltage drop between  
service panel and unit in excess of 2 of unit rated voltage. To  
prepare wire before installing connector, all aluminum wire must  
be “brush--scratched” and coated with a corrosion inhibitor such as  
Pentrox A. When it is suspected that connection will be exposed to  
moisture, it is very important to cover entire connection completely  
to prevent an electrochemical action that will cause connection to  
fail very quickly. Do not reduce effective size of wire, such as  
cutting off strands so that wire will fit a connector. Proper size  
connectors should be used. Check all factory and field electrical  
connections for tightness. This should also be done after unit has  
reached operating temperatures, especially if aluminum conductors  
are used.  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or equipment damage.  
Always check capacitors with power off. Attempting to  
troubleshoot a capacitor with power on can be dangerous.  
Defective capacitors may explode when power is applied.  
Insulating fluid inside is combustible and may ignite, causing  
burns.  
Capacitors are used as a phase--shifting device to aid in starting  
certain single--phase motors. Check capacitors as follows:  
1. With power off, discharge capacitors as outlined above.  
Disconnect capacitor from circuit. Put ohmmeter on R X  
10k scale. Using an analog ohmmeter, check each terminal  
to ground (use capacitor case). Discard any capacitor which  
measures 1/2 scale deflection or less. Place ohmmeter leads  
across capacitor and place on R X 10k scale. Meter should  
jump to a low resistance value and slowly climb to higher  
value. Failure of meter to do this indicates an open  
capacitor. If resistance stays at 0 or a low value, capacitor is  
internally shorted.  
Contactor  
The contactor provides a means of applying power to unit using  
low voltage (24v) from transformer in order to power contactor  
coil. Depending on unit model, you may encounter single-- or  
double--pole contactors. Exercise extreme caution when  
troubleshooting as 1 side of line may be electrically energized. The  
contactor coil is powered by 24vac. If contactor does not operate:  
2. Capacitance testers are available which will read value of  
capacitor. If value is not within ±10 percent value stated on  
capacitor, it should be replaced. If capacitor is not open or  
shorted, the capacitance value is calculated by measuring  
voltage across capacitor and current it draws.  
1. With power off, check whether contacts are free to move.  
Check for severe burning or arcing on contact points.  
2. With power off, use ohmmeter to check for continuity of  
coil. Disconnect leads before checking. A low resistance  
reading is normal. Do not look for a specific value, as  
different part numbers will have different resistance values.  
!
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or death.  
Exercise extreme caution when taking readings while power is  
on.  
12  
Use following formula to calculate capacitance:  
Capacitance (mfd)= (2650 X amps)/volts  
With high--voltage power off, attach voltmeter leads across T1 and  
T3, and set thermostat so that Y terminal is energized. Make sure  
all protective devices in series with Y terminal are closed.  
Voltmeter should read 24v across T1 and T3. With 24v still  
applied, move voltmeter leads to T2 and T3. After 5 ± 2 minutes,  
voltmeter should read 24v, indicating control is functioning  
normally. If no time delay is encountered or device never times out,  
change control.  
3. Remove any capacitor that shows signs of bulging, dents, or  
leaking. Do not apply power to a defective capacitor as it  
may explode.  
Sometimes under adverse conditions, a standard run capacitor in a  
system is inadequate to start compressor. In these instances, a start  
assist device is used to provide an extra starting boost to  
compressor motor. This device is called a positive temperature  
coefficient (PTC) or start thermistor. It is a resistor wired in parallel  
with the run capacitor. As current flows through the PTC at  
start--up, it heats up. As PTC heats up, its resistance increases  
greatly until it effectively lowers the current through itself to an  
extremely low value. This, in effect, removes the PTC from the  
circuit.  
After system shutdown, resistor cools and resistance value returns  
to normal until next time system starts. Thermistor device is  
adequate for most conditions, however, in systems where off cycle  
is short, device cannot fully cool and becomes less effective as a  
start device. It is an easy device to troubleshoot. Shut off all power  
to system.  
Crankcase Heater  
Crankcase heater is a device for keeping compressor oil warm. By  
keeping oil warm, refrigerant does not migrate to and condense in  
compressor shell when the compressor is off. This prevents flooded  
starts which can damage compressor.  
On units that have a single--pole contactor, the crankcase heater is  
wired in parallel with contactor contacts and in series with  
compressor. (See Fig. 7.) When contacts open, a circuit is  
completed from line side of contactor, through crankcase heater,  
through run windings of compressor, and to other side of line.  
When contacts are closed, there is no circuit through crankcase  
heater because both leads are connected to same side of line. This  
allows heater to operate when system is not calling for cooling.  
The heater does not operate when system is calling for cooling.  
Check thermistor with ohmmeter as described below. Shut off all  
power to unit. Remove PTC from unit. Wait at least 10 minutes for  
PTC to cool to ambient temperature.  
TEMP SWITCH  
CRANKCASE HTR  
Measure resistance of PTC with ohmmeter.  
BLK  
BLK  
BLK  
BLK  
The cold resistance (RT) of any PTC device should be  
approximately 100--180 percent of device ohm rating.  
12.5--ohm PTC = 12.5--22.5 ohm resistance (beige color)  
11  
21  
If PTC resistance is appreciably less than rating or more than 200  
percent higher than rating, device is defective.  
A97586  
Fig. 7 – Wiring for Single--Pole Contactor  
The crankcase heater is powered by high--voltage power of unit.  
Use extreme caution troubleshooting this device with power on.  
The easiest method of troubleshooting is to apply voltmeter across  
crankcase heater leads to see if heater has power. Do not touch  
heater. Carefully feel area around crankcase heater. If warm,  
crankcase heater is probably functioning. Do not rely on this  
method as absolute evidence heater is functioning. If compressor  
has been running, the area will still be warm.  
With power off and heater leads disconnected, check across leads  
with ohmmeter. Do not look for a specific resistance reading.  
Check for resistance or an open circuit. Change heater if an open  
circuit is detected.  
Time--Delay Relay  
A94006  
The TDR is a solid--state control, recycle delay timer which keeps  
indoor blower operating for 90 sec after thermostat is satisfied.  
This delay enables blower to remove residual cooling in coil after  
compression shutdown, thereby improving efficiency of system.  
The sequence of operation is that on closure of wall thermostat and  
at end of a fixed on delay of 1 sec, fan relay is energized. When  
thermostat is satisfied, an off delay is initiated. When fixed delay of  
90 ± 20 sec is completed, fan relay is de--energized and fan motor  
stops. If wall thermostat closes during this delay, TDR is reset and  
fan relay remains energized. TDR is a 24v device that operates  
within a range of 15v to 30v and draws about 0.5 amps. If the  
blower runs continuously instead of cycling off when the fan  
switch is set to AUTO, the TDR is probably defective and must be  
replaced.  
Fig. 6 – Capacitors  
Cycle Protector  
Bryant thermostats have anti--cycle protection built in to protect the  
compressor.  
Should  
a
non--Bryant stat be utilized, it is  
recommended to add a cycle protector to the system. Solid--state  
cycle protector protects unit compressor by preventing short  
cycling. After a system shutdown, cycle protector provides for a 5  
± 2--minute delay before compressor restarts. On normal start--up, a  
5--minute delay occurs before thermostat closes. After thermostat  
closes, cycle protector device provides a 3--sec delay.  
Cycle protector is simple to troubleshoot. Only a voltmeter capable  
of reading 24v is needed. Device is in control circuit, therefore,  
troubleshooting is safe with control power (24v) on and  
high--voltage power off.  
13  
High--Pressure Switch (AC & HP)  
Pressure Switches  
The high--pressure switch is located in liquid line and protects  
against excessive condenser coil pressure. It opens around 610 or  
670 psig for Puron and 400 psig for R22 (+/-- 10 for both).  
Switches close at 298 (+/-- 20) psig for R--22 and 420 or 470 (+/--  
25) psig for Puron. High pressure may be caused by a dirty  
condenser coil, failed fan motor, or condenser air re--circulation.  
Pressure switches are protective devices wired into control circuit  
(low voltage). They shut off compressor if abnormally high or low  
pressures are present in the refrigeration circuit. Puron pressure  
switches are specifically designed to operate with Puronr systems.  
R--22 pressure switches must not be used as replacements for the  
Puronr air conditioner or heat pump. Puronr pressure switches are  
identified by a pink stripe down each wire.  
To check switch:  
Low--Pressure Switch (AC Only)  
1. Turn off all power to unit.  
2. Disconnect leads on switch.  
The low--pressure switch is located on suction line and protects  
against low suction pressures caused by such events as loss of  
charge, low airflow across indoor coil, dirty filters, etc. It opens on  
a pressure drop at about 50 psig for Puron and about 27 for R22. If  
system pressure is above this, switch should be closed. To check  
switch:  
3. Apply ohmmeter leads across switch. You should have  
continuity on a good switch.  
NOTE: Because these switches are attached to refrigeration system  
under pressure, it is not advisable to remove this device for  
troubleshooting unless you are reasonably certain that a problem  
exists. If switch must be removed, remove and recover all system  
charge so that pressure gauges read 0 psi. Never open system  
without breaking vacuum with dry nitrogen.  
1. Turn off all power to unit.  
2. Disconnect leads on switch.  
3. Apply ohmmeter leads across switch. You should have  
continuity on a good switch.  
NOTE: Because these switches are attached to refrigeration system  
under pressure, it is not advisable to remove this device for  
troubleshooting unless you are reasonably certain that a problem  
exists. If switch must be removed, remove and recover all system  
charge so that pressure gages read 0 psi. Never open system  
without breaking vacuum with dry nitrogen.  
!
CAUTION  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
Wear safety glasses, protective clothing, and gloves when  
handling refrigerant.  
!
To replace switch:  
CAUTION  
1. Apply heat with torch to solder joint and remove switch.  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
!
CAUTION  
Wear safety glasses, protective clothing, and gloves when  
handling refrigerant.  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
To replace switch:  
Wear safety glasses when using torch. Have quenching  
cloth available. Oil vapor in line may ignite when switch is  
removed.  
1. Apply heat with torch to solder joint and remove switch.  
!
CAUTION  
2. Braze in 1/4--in. flare fitting and replace pressure switch.  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
Loss of Charge Switch (HP Only)  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
Located on liquid line of heat pump only, the liquid line pressure  
switch functions similar to conventional low--pressure switch.  
Wear safety glasses when using torch. Have quenching cloth  
available. Oil vapor in line may ignite when switch is  
removed.  
Because heat pumps experience very low suction pressures during  
normal system operation, a conventional low--pressure switch  
cannot be installed on suction line. This switch is installed in liquid  
line instead and acts as loss--of--charge protector. The liquid--line is  
the low side of the system in heating mode. It operates identically  
to low--pressure switch except it opens at 23 (+/-- 5) psig for Puron  
and 7 (+/-- 5) psig for R22 and closes at 55 (+/-- 5) psig for Puron  
and 22 (+/-- 5) for R22 Two--stage heat pumps have the  
low--pressure switch located on the suction line. The two--stage  
control board has the capability to ignore low--pressure switch trips  
during transitional (defrost) operation to avoid nuisance trips.  
Troubleshooting and removing this switch is identical to  
procedures used on other switches. Observe same safety  
precautions.  
2. Braze in 1/4--in. flare fitting and screw on replacement  
pressure switch.  
14  
Heating Sequence of Operation  
Defrost Thermostat  
On a call for heating, thermostat makes R--Y, and R--G. Circuit  
R--Y sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes the  
contactor, which starts the compressor and energizes the T1  
terminal on the circuit board. The T1 terminal energizes the defrost  
logic. This will energize the OF2 fan relay start the outdoor motor.  
The T1 terminal must be energized for defrost to function.  
When the cycle is complete, R--Y is turned off and the compressor  
and outdoor fan should stop. There is no compressor delay built  
into this control.  
Defrost thermostat signals heat pump that conditions are right for  
defrost or that conditions have changed to terminate defrost. It is a  
thermally actuated switch clamped to outdoor coil to sense its  
temperature. Normal temperature range is closed at 30_ ± 3_F and  
open at 65_ ± 5_F. Defrost thermostats are used in Legacy RNC  
and Legacy Line models, a coil temperature thermistor is used in  
Preferred and Evolution series units.  
FEEDER TUBE  
STUB TUBE  
Defrost Sequence (HK32EA001)  
The defrost control is a time/temperature control that has field  
selectable settings of 30, 60, and 90 minutes. These represent the  
amount of time that must pass after closure of the defrost  
thermostat before the defrost sequence begins.  
The defrost thermostat senses coil temperature throughout the  
heating cycle. When the coil temperature reaches the defrost  
thermostat setting of approximately 32ºF, it will close, which  
energizes the DFT terminal and begins the defrost timing sequence.  
When the DTF has been energized for the selected time, the defrost  
cycle begins, and the control shifts the reversing valve into cooling  
position, and turns the outdoor fan off. This shifts hot gas flow into  
the outdoor coil which melts the frost from the coil. The defrost  
cycle is terminated when defrost thermostat opens at approximately  
65_F, or automatically after 10 minutes.  
DEFROST  
THERMOSTAT  
A97517  
Fig. 8 – Defrost Thermostat Location  
Check Defrost Thermostat  
There is a liquid header with a brass distributor and feeder tube  
going into outdoor coil. At the end of 1 of the feeder tubes, there is  
a 3/8--in. OD stub tube approximately 3 in. long. (See Fig. 8.) The  
defrost thermostat should be located on stub tube. Note that there is  
only 1 stub tube used with a liquid header, and on most units it is  
the bottom circuit.  
NOTE: The defrost thermostat must be located on the liquid side  
of the outdoor coil on the bottom circuit and as close to the coil as  
possible.  
OUTDOOR FAN  
RELAY  
Defrost Control Board  
Troubleshooting defrost control involves a series of simple steps  
that indicate whether or not board is defective.  
NOTE: This procedure allows the service technician to check  
control board and defrost thermostat for defects. First, troubleshoot  
to make sure unit operates properly in heating and cooling modes.  
This ensures operational problems are not attributed to the defrost  
control board.  
DEFROST THERMOSTAT  
MUST BE CLOSED BEFORE  
DEFROST TIMER BEGINS  
T1 - ENABLES DEFROST  
Y OUTPUT TO PRESSURE  
TIMER. MUST BE  
SWITCHES AND CONTACTOR  
ENERGIZED FOR  
DEFROST TIMER  
TO START  
HK32EA001 Defrost Control  
The HK32EA001 defrost control is used in all Legacy RNC Line  
heat pump models 213ANA and 213ANC. Its features include  
selectable defrost intervals of 30, 60, 90 minutes, and standard  
defrost speed up capability. This section describes the sequence of  
operation and trouble shooting methods for this control.  
C - COMMON  
O - REVERSING VALVE  
Cooling Sequence of Operation  
SPEEDUP  
On a call for cooling, thermostat makes R--O, R--Y, and R--G.  
Circuit R--O energizes reversing valve switching it to cooling  
position. Circuit R--Y sends low voltage through the safeties and  
energizes the contactor, which starts the compressor and energizes  
the T1 terminal on the circuit board. This will energize the OF2 fan  
relay which starts the outdoor fan motor.  
THERMOSTAT INPUTS  
A05332  
Fig. 9 – HK32EA001 Defrost Control  
When the cycle is complete, R--Y is turned off and compressor and  
outdoor fan should stop. With Bryant thermostats, the O terminal  
remains energized in the cooling mode. If the mode is switched to  
heat or Off, the valve is de--energized. There is no compressor  
delay built into this control.  
15  
Troubleshooting (HK32EA001)  
If outdoor unit will not run:  
3. If all voltages are present and unit will still not run defrost,  
remove thermostat pigtail harness from board and perform  
checks directly on input pins with jumper wires. The pigtail  
may have a bad connection or be mis--wired.  
1. Does the Y input has 24 volts from thermostat? If not,  
check thermostat or wire. If yes proceed to #2  
To fully troubleshoot defrost thermostat and control function  
(HK32EA001):  
2. The Y spade terminal on the circuit board should have 24  
volts if Y input is energized. This output goes through the  
pressure switches and to the contactor. If 24 volts is present  
on the Y spade terminal, and the contactor is not closed,  
check voltage on contactor coil. If no voltage is present,  
check for opened pressure switch.  
3. If voltage is present and contactor is open, contactor may be  
defective. Replace contactor if necessary.  
4. If contactor is closed and unit will still not run, check  
wiring, capacitor and compressor  
1. Turn thermostat to OFF. Shut off all power to outdoor unit.  
2. Remove control box cover for access to electrical  
components and defrost control board.  
3. Disconnect defrost thermostat leads from control board, and  
connect to ohmmeter. Thermostat leads are black, insulated  
wires connected to DFT and R terminals on control board.  
Resistance reading may be zero (indicating closed defrost  
thermostat), or infinity (for open thermostat) depending  
on outdoor temperature.  
4. Jumper between DFT and R terminals on control board as  
shown in Fig. 10.  
5. Disconnect outdoor fan motor lead from OF2. Tape lead to  
prevent grounding.  
Defrost Speedup  
To test the defrost function on these units, speed up pins are  
provided on the circuit board. To force a defrost cycle, the defrost  
thermostat must be closed, or the defrost thermostat pins must be  
jumpered. Follow the steps below to force a defrost cycle:  
6. Turn on power to outdoor unit.  
1. Jumper the DFT input  
7. Restart unit in heating mode, allowing frost to accumulate  
on outdoor coil.  
2. Short the speed up pins. This speeds up the defrost timer by  
a factor of 256. The longer the defrost interval setting, the  
longer the pins must be shorted to speed through the timing.  
For example, if interval is 90 min, the speed up will take  
(90/256)min x (60seconds /minute)= 21 seconds max. This  
could be shorter depending on how much time has elapsed  
since the defrost thermostat closed.  
8. After  
a
few minutes in heating mode, liquid line  
temperature at defrost thermostat should drop below closing  
set point of defrost thermostat of approximately 32_F.  
Check resistance across defrost thermostat leads using  
ohmmeter. Resistance of zero indicates defrost thermostat is  
closed and operating properly.  
3. Remove the short immediately when the unit shifts into  
defrost. Failure to remove the short immediately will result  
in a very short forced defrost cycle (the 10 minute timer will  
be sped through in 2 seconds)  
9. Short between the speed--up terminals using a thermostat  
screwdriver. This reduces the timing sequence to 1/256 of  
original time. (See Table 3.)  
Table 3—Defrost Control Speed--Up Timing Sequence  
4. When defrost begins, it will continue until the defrost  
thermostat opens or 10 minutes has elapsed.  
NOTE: The T1 terminal on the defrost board powers the defrost  
timing function. This terminal must be energized before any  
defrost function will occur.  
MINIMUM  
(MINUTES)  
MAXIMUM  
(MINUTES)  
SPEED---UP  
(NOMINAL)  
PARAMETER  
3 0 --- m i n u t e c y c l e  
5 0 --- m i n u t e c y c l e  
9 0 --- m i n u t e c y c l e  
1 0 --- m i n u t e c y c l e  
5 --- m i n u t e s  
27  
45  
81  
9
33  
55  
99  
11  
5.5  
7 sec  
12 sec  
21 sec  
2 sec  
If defrost thermostat is stuck closed:  
4.5  
1 sec  
Whether the unit is in heating or cooling mode, it will run a defrost  
cycle for 10 minutes each time the compressor has been energized  
for the selected time interval. The board will terminate  
automatically after 10 minutes of defrost time regardless of defrost  
thermostat position.  
!
CAUTION  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
If defrost thermostat is stuck open:  
The unit will not defrost  
Exercise extreme caution when shorting speed--up pins. If  
pins are accidentally shorted to other terminals, damage to the  
control board will occur.  
NOTE: Unit will remain in defrost until defrost thermostat reopens  
at approximately 65_F coil temperature at liquid line or remainder  
of defrost cycle time.  
10. Unit is now operating in defrost mode. Check between C  
and W2 using voltmeter. Reading on voltmeter should  
indicate 24v. This step ensures defrost relay contacts have  
closed, energizing supplemental heat (W2) and reversing  
valve solenoid (O).  
5. Turn off power to outdoor unit and reconnect fan--motor  
lead to OF2 on control board after above forced--defrost  
cycle.  
If unit will not defrost:  
1. Perform the speedup function as described above to test the  
defrost function of the circuit board.  
11. Unit should remain in defrost no longer than 10 minutes.  
Actual time in defrost depends on how quickly speed--up  
jumper is removed. If it takes 2 sec to remove speed--up  
jumper after unit has switched to defrost, the unit will  
switch back to heat mode.  
2. If the unit does not go into defrost after performing the  
speed up, check for 24 volts on the T1 terminal. This  
terminal powers the defrost circuit, and must be energized  
before any defrost function can occur. The T1 should be  
energized once the Y terminal is energized and the pressure  
switches are closed. Ensure the T1 wire is connected at the  
contactor, and that 24 volts is present on the T1 spade  
terminal.  
12. After a few minutes, in defrost (cooling) operation, liquid  
line should be warm enough to have caused defrost  
thermostat contacts to open. Check resistance across defrost  
thermostat. Ohmmeter should read infinite resistance,  
indicating defrost thermostat has opened at approximately  
65_F.  
13. Shut off unit power and reconnect fan lead.  
16  
14. Remove jumper between DFT and R terminals. Reconnect  
defrost thermostat leads. Failure to remove jumper causes  
unit to switch to defrost every 30, 60, or 90 minutes and  
remain in defrost for full 10 minutes.  
Quiet Shift  
This control has the option of shutting down the compressor for 30  
seconds going in and coming out of defrost. This is accomplished  
by turning DIP switch 3 to the ON position. Factory default is in  
the OFF position. Enabling this feature eliminates occasional noise  
complaints associated with switching into and out of defrost.  
15. Replace control box cover. Restore power to unit.  
If defrost thermostat does not check out following above items  
or incorrect calibration is suspected, check for defective  
thermostat as follows:  
Five--Minute Compressor Delay  
This control features a 5--minute time delay to protect the  
compressor from short cycling. The delay begins counting when  
the low voltage is interrupted, and at the end of heating or cooling  
cycle.  
1. Follow items 1--5 above.  
2. Route sensor or probe underneath coil (or other convenient  
location) using thermocouple temperature measuring  
device. Attach to liquid line near defrost thermostat. Insulate  
for more accurate reading.  
3. Turn on power to outdoor unit.  
4. Restart unit in heating.  
SYSTEM FUNCTION AND  
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION  
On power--up (24 volts between R--C) the 5 minute cycle timer  
begins counting down. The compressor will not be energized until  
this timer is elapsed.  
5. Within a few minutes, liquid line temperature drops within a  
range causing defrost thermostat contacts to close.  
Temperature range is from 33_F to 27_F. Notice  
temperature at which ohmmeter reading goes from to zero  
ohms. Thermostat contacts close at this point.  
Cooling  
On a call for cooling, thermostat makes R--O, R--Y, and R--G.  
Circuit R--O energizes reversing valve switching it to cooling  
position. Circuit R--Y sends low voltage through the safeties and  
energizes the T1 terminal on the circuit board. If the compressor  
has been off for 5 minutes, or power has not been cycled for 5  
minutes, the OF2 relay and T2 terminal will energize. This will  
close the contactor, start the outdoor fan motor and compressor.  
6. Short between the speed--up terminals using a small slotted  
screwdriver.  
7. Unit changes over to defrost within 21 sec (depending on  
timing cycle setting). Liquid line temperature rises to range  
where defrost thermostat contacts open. Temperature range  
is from 60_F to 70_F. Resistance goes from zero to when  
contacts are open.  
When the cycle is complete, R--Y is turned off and compressor and  
outdoor fan should stop. When using Bryant thermostats, the  
reversing valve remains energized in the cooling mode until the  
thermostat is switched to heat, or the mode it turned off. The  
5--minute time guard begins counting. Compressor will not come  
on again until this time delay expires. In the event of a power  
interruption, the time guard will not allow another cycle for 5  
minutes.  
8. If either opening or closing temperature does not fall within  
above ranges or thermostat sticks in 1 position, replace  
thermostat to ensure proper defrost operation.  
NOTE: With timing cycle set at 90 minutes, unit initiates defrost  
within approximately 21 sec. When you hear the reversing valve  
changing position, remove screwdriver immediately. Otherwise,  
control will terminate normal 10--minute defrost cycle in  
approximately 2 sec.  
Heating  
On a call for heating, thermostat makes R--Y, and R--G. Circuit  
R--Y sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes the T1  
terminal on the circuit board. T1 energizes the defrost logic circuit.  
If the compressor has been off for 5 minutes, or power has not been  
cycled for 5 minutes, the OF2 relay and T2 terminal will energize.  
This will close the contactor, start the outdoor fan motor and  
compressor.  
When the cycle is complete, R--Y is turned off and the compressor  
and outdoor fan should stop. The 5 minute time guard begins  
counting. Compressor will not come on again until this time delay  
expires. In the event of a power interruption, the time guard will  
not allow another cycle for 5 minutes.  
Defrost Sequence  
The defrost control is a time/temperature control that has field  
selectable settings of 30, 60, 90 and 120 minutes. These represent  
the amount of time that must pass after closure of the defrost  
thermostat before the defrost sequence begins.  
HK32EA003  
Speedup  
Pins  
Quiet  
Shift  
Defrost interval  
DIP switches  
A05378  
The defrost thermostat senses coil temperature throughout the  
heating cycle. When the coil temperature reaches the defrost  
thermostat setting of approximately 32 degrees F, it will close,  
which energizes the DFT terminal and begins the defrost timing  
sequence. When the DTF has been energized for the selected time,  
the defrost cycle begins. If the defrost thermostat opens before the  
timer expires, the timing sequence is reset.  
Fig. 10 – HK32EA003 Defrost Control  
HK32EA003 Defrost Control  
The HK32EA003 defrost control is used in all 223A and 223B  
Legacy Line heat pumps with Puron refrigerant. Its features  
include selectable defrost intervals of 30, 60, 90, & 120 minutes,  
Quiet Shift, compressor time delay, deluxe defrost speed up  
capability. This section describes the sequence of operation and  
trouble shooting methods for this control.  
Defrost cycle is terminated when defrost thermostat opens or  
automatically after 10 minutes.  
17  
Deluxe Defrost Speedup (HK32EA003 CONT.)  
Fan Motor  
To initiate a force defrost, speedup pins (J1) must be shorted with a  
flat head screwdriver for 5 seconds and RELEASED. If the defrost  
thermostat is open, a short defrost cycle will be observed (actual  
length depends on Quiet Shift switch position). When Quiet Shift  
is off, only a short 30 second defrost cycle is observed. With Quiet  
Shift ON, the speed up sequence is one minute; 30 second  
compressor off period followed by 30 seconds of defrost with  
compressor operation. When returning to heating mode, the  
compressor will turn off for an additional 30 seconds and the fan  
for 40 seconds.  
The fan motor rotates the fan blade that draws air through the  
outdoor coil to exchange heat between the refrigerant and the air.  
Motors are totally enclosed to increase reliability. This eliminates  
the need for a rain shield. For the correct position of fan blade  
assembly, the fan hub should be flush with the motor shaft.  
Replacement motors and blades may vary slightly.  
!
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
If the defrost thermostat is closed, a complete defrost cycle is  
initiated. If the Quiet Shift switch is turned on, the compressor will  
be turned off for two 30 second intervals as explained previously.  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or death.  
Turn off all power before servicing or replacing fan motor. Be  
sure unit main power switch is turned off.  
Troubleshooting (HK32EA003)  
If outdoor unit will not run:  
The bearings are permanently lubricated, therefore, no oil ports are  
provided.  
1. Does the Y input have 24 volts from thermostat? If not,  
check thermostat or wire. If yes proceed to #2  
For suspected electrical failures, check for loose or faulty electrical  
connections, or defective fan motor capacitor. Fan motor is  
equipped with thermal overload device in motor windings which  
may open under adverse operating conditions. Allow time for  
motor to cool so device can reset. Further checking of motor can be  
done with an ohmmeter. Set scale on R X 1 position, and check for  
continuity between 3 leads. Replace motors that show an open  
circuit in any of the windings. Place 1 lead of ohmmeter on each  
motor lead. At same time, place other ohmmeter lead on motor case  
(ground). Replace any motor that shows resistance to ground,  
arcing, burning, or overheating.  
2. The Y spade terminal should have 24 volts if Y input is  
energized. This output goes through the pressure switches  
and back to the T1 input to energize the time delay and  
defrost timing circuit. If the contactor is not closed, the time  
delay may still be active. Defeat time delay by shorting  
speed up pins for 1 second. Be sure not to short more than 1  
second.  
3. Once time delay has elapsed voltage on T2 should energize  
contactor. Check voltage on contactor coil. If no voltage is  
present, check for opened pressure switch.  
4. If voltage is present and contactor is open, contactor may be  
defective. Replace contactor  
Compressor Plug  
The compressor electrical plug provides a quick--tight connection  
to compressor terminals. The plug completely covers the  
compressor terminals and the mating female terminals are  
completely encapsulated in plug. Therefore, terminals are isolated  
from any moisture so corrosion and resultant pitted or discolored  
terminals are reduced. The plug is oriented to relief slot in terminal  
box so cover cannot be secured if wires are not positioned in slot,  
assuring correct electrical connection at the compressor. The plug  
can be removed by simultaneously pulling while “rocking“ plug.  
However, these plugs can be used only on specific compressors.  
The configuration around the fusite terminals is outlined on the  
terminal covers. The slot through which wires of plug are routed is  
oriented on the bottom and slightly to the left. The correct plug can  
be connected easily to compressor terminals and plug wires can  
easily be routed through slot terminal cover.  
5. If contactor is closed and unit will still not run, check  
capacitor and compressor.  
If unit will not go into defrost:  
1. Perform speedup function as described above to test the  
defrost function of the circuit board.  
2. If the unit will go into defrost with the speed up, but will  
not on its own, the defrost thermostat may not be  
functioning properly. Perform the full defrost thermostat  
and board troubleshooting the same as described for the  
HK32EA001 control. Other than the Quiet shift (if  
selected), and the speedup timing, the troubleshooting  
process is identical.  
3. If unit still will not run defrost, remove thermostat pigtail  
harness from board and perform checks directly on input  
pins with jumper wires. The pigtail may have a bad  
connection or be mis--wired.  
It is strongly recommended to replace the compressor plug should  
a compressor fail due to a suspected electrical failure. At a  
minimum, inspect plug for proper connection and good condition  
on any compressor replacement.  
Low--Voltage Terminals  
The low--voltage terminal designations, and their description and  
function, are used on all split--system condensers.  
W—Energizes first--stage supplemental heat through defrost relay  
(wht).  
R—Energizes 24--v power from transformer (red).  
Y—Energizes contactor for first--stage cooling or first--stage  
heating for heat pumps (yel).  
O—Energizes reversing valve on heat pumps (orn).  
C—Common side of transformer (blk).  
18  
Compressor Failures  
COPELAND SCROLL COMPRESSOR  
Compressor failures are classified in 2 broad failure categories;  
mechanical and electrical. Both types are discussed below.  
Mechanical Failures  
Scroll Gas Flow  
A compressor is a mechanical pump driven by an electric motor  
contained in a welded or hermetic shell. In a mechanical failure,  
motor or electrical circuit appears normal, but compressor does not  
function normally.  
Compression in the scroll is  
created by the interaction of  
an orbiting spiral and a  
stationary spiral. Gas enters  
an outer opening as one of the  
spirals orbits.  
1
!
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or death.  
Do not supply power to unit with compressor terminal box  
cover removed.  
2
3
As the spiral continues to orbit,  
the gas is compressed into an  
increasingly smaller pocket.  
The open passage is sealed off  
as gas is drawn into the spiral.  
!
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or death.  
Exercise extreme caution when reading compressor currents  
when high--voltage power is on. Correct any of the problems  
described below before installing and running a replacement  
compressor.  
4
5
By the time the gas arrives at  
the center port, discharge  
pressure has been reached.  
Actually, during operation, all  
six gas passages are in various  
stages of compression at all  
times, resulting in nearly con-  
tinuous suction and discharge.  
Locked Rotor  
In this type of failure, compressor motor and all starting  
components are normal. When compressor attempts to start, it  
draws locked rotor current and cycles off on internal protection.  
Locked rotor current is measured by applying a clamp--on ammeter  
around common (blk) lead of compressor. Current drawn when it  
attempts to start is then measured. Locked rotor amp (LRA) value  
is stamped on compressor nameplate.  
A90198  
Fig. 11 – Scroll Compressor Refrigerant Flow  
The compressors used in these products are specifically designed to  
operate with designated refrigerant and cannot be interchanged.  
The compressor is an electrical (as well as mechanical) device.  
Exercise extreme caution when working near compressors. Power  
should be shut off, if possible, for most troubleshooting techniques.  
Refrigerants present additional safety hazards.  
If compressor draws locked rotor amps and all other external  
sources of problems have been eliminated, compressor must be  
replaced. Because compressor is a sealed unit, it is impossible to  
determine exact mechanical failure. However, complete system  
should be checked for abnormalities such as incorrect refrigerant  
charge, restrictions, insufficient airflow across indoor or outdoor  
coil, etc., which could be contributing to the failure.  
!
CAUTION  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
Runs, Does Not Pump  
In this type of failure, compressor motor runs and turns  
Wear safety glasses, protective clothing, and gloves when  
handling refrigerant.  
compressor, but compressor does not pump refrigerant.  
A
clamp--on ampmeter on common leg shows a very low current  
draw, much lower than rated load amp (RLA) value stamped on  
compressor nameplate. Because no refrigerant is being pumped,  
there is no return gas to cool compressor motor. It eventually  
overheats and shuts off on its internal protection.  
The scroll compressor pumps refrigerant through the system by the  
interaction of a stationary and an orbiting scroll. (See Fig. 11.) The  
scroll compressor has no dynamic suction or discharge valves, and  
it is more tolerant of stresses caused by debris, liquid slugging, and  
flooded starts. The compressor is equipped with an internal  
pressure relief port. The pressure relief port is a safety device,  
designed to protect against extreme high pressure. The relief port  
has an operating range between 550 to 625 psi differential pressure  
for Puronr and 350 to 450 psi differential pressure for R--22.  
Scrolls have a variety of shut down solutions, depending on model,  
to prevent backward rotation and eliminate the need for cycle  
protection.  
19  
Noisy Compressor  
10. When a heat pump switches into and out of defrost, a  
”swooshing” noise is expected due to the rapid pressure  
change within the system. However customers sometimes  
complain that the noise is excessive, or it is sometimes  
accompanied by a ”groaning, or howling” noise. When  
receiving these complaints, Quiet Shift (if available) may  
improve the noise, but will probably not eliminate it totally.  
Check that the defrost thermostat or thermistor is operating  
properly. Insulating the defrost sensing device may also  
help. If the howling or groaning noise is intermittent,  
replacing the reversing valve may or may not help.  
Noise may be caused by a variety of internal and external factors.  
Careful attention to the “type” of noise may help identify the  
source. The following are some examples of abnormal conditions  
that may create objectionable noise:  
1. A gurgling sound may indicate  
a
liquid refrigerant  
floodback during operation. This could be confirmed if  
there is no compressor superheat. A compressor superheat  
of “0” degrees would indicate liquid refrigerant returning to  
the compressor. Most common reasons for floodback are:  
loss of evaporator blower, dirty coils, and improper airflow.  
2. A rattling noise may indicate loose hardware. Inspect all  
unit hardware including the compressor grommets.  
11. Rattling that occurs during a shift into or out of defrost on a  
heat pump could indicate a pressure differential issue. This  
is usually a brief occurrence (under 60 seconds) and can be  
remedied by incorporating quiet shift, if available. This is a  
device that shuts down the compressor during the defrost  
shift for 30 seconds allowing the pressures to equalize. It is  
enabled by either a dip switch setting on the defrost board,  
or in the User Interface on communicating systems. Verify  
proper system charge as well.  
3. A straining (hard start) or vibration occurring at start up but  
clears quickly after could indicate an off cycle refrigerant  
migration issue. Refrigerant migration can occur when a  
compressor is off and refrigerant vapor transfers from other  
areas of the system, settles into the compressor as it is  
attracted to the oil, and then condenses into the oil. Upon  
start up, the compressor draws suction from within itself  
first and lowers the boiling point of the refrigerant that is  
entrained in the oil. This can cause the liquid refrigerant  
and oil to boil into the compression area or liquid refrigerant  
to wipe off oil films that are critical for proper lubrication.  
Migration is worsened by greater temperature differentials  
and/or extra refrigerant in the system. Prevention of  
migration can be reduced by various options but some of  
the more common remedies is to verify proper charge and  
add a crankcase heater where this situation is suspected.  
4. Operational vibration could indicate a charge issue. Verify  
charge and ensure proper piping and structural penetration  
insulation. Tubing that is too rigid to building rafters  
without proper insulation could transfer noise throughout  
the structure. On some occasions a sound dampener or  
mass weight (RCD part no. 328209--751) placed on the  
vibrating tubing has been known to reduce this noise.  
Utilizing compressor split post grommets (see Fig. 12) may  
also reduce this vibration if piping cannot be remedied.  
A07124  
Fig. 12 – Split Post Grommet part number: KA75UG100  
5. An operational high pitch frequency or “waa waa” sound  
that appears to resonate through the suction line could  
indicate a need to add more flex or muffling in the lines.  
This has been occasional in scroll compressor applications  
and is usually remedied by adding a field--fabricated suction  
line loop (see Fig. 13). Reciprocating compressors may  
have  
remedied with  
a
noticeable discharge pulsation that could be  
field installed discharge muffler.  
a
Recommend loop by continuous tubing with no more than  
12 inches vertical and 6 inch horizontal loop.  
6. An internal “thunking”, “thumping”, “grinding” or  
“rattling” noise could indicate compressor internal failures  
and may be verified by comparing the compressor  
amperage to what the compressor should be drawing  
according to a manufacturer’s performance data.  
7. A whistling or squealing noise during operation may  
indicate a partial blockage of the refrigerant charge.  
8. A whistle on shut down could indicate a partial leak path as  
refrigerant is equalizing from high to low side. On  
occasion, an in--line discharge check valve has prevented  
this sound.  
Note: Long radius elbows recommended  
A07123  
9. If a compressor hums but won’t start it could indicate either  
a voltage or amperage issue. Verify adequate voltage and  
operational start components if installed. If it is drawing  
excessive amperage and voltage doesn’t appear to be the  
problem it may be assumed a locked condition. Ensure  
refrigerant has had ample time to equalize and boil out of  
the compressor before condemning.  
Fig. 13 – Suction Line Loop  
20  
(EXAMPLE)  
?
?
?
TO DETERMINE INTERNAL CONNECTIONS OF SINGLE-  
PHASE MOTORS (C,S,R) EXCEPT SHADED-POLE  
DEDUCTION:  
POWER OFF!  
1
3
(GREATEST RESISTANCE)  
RUN WINDING (R)  
5.8Ω (OHM)  
START WINDING (S)  
OHMMETER  
2
3
(SMALLEST RESISTANCE)  
2
IS COMMON (C)  
BY ELIMINATION  
0-10Ω SCALE  
0.6Ω  
1
1
1
2
(REMAINING RESISTANCE)  
2
IS COMMON,  
THEREFORE,  
2
5.2Ω  
5.2Ω  
IS  
1
5.8Ω  
0.6Ω  
START WINDING (S)  
IS RUN WINDING (R)  
2
3
3
3
A88344  
Fig. 14 – Identifying Compressor Terminals  
Open Circuit  
Electrical Failures  
The compressor mechanical pump is driven by an electric motor  
within its hermetic shell. In electrical failures, compressor does not  
run although external electrical and mechanical systems appear  
normal. Compressor must be checked electrically for abnormalities.  
!
WARNING  
UNIT PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
Before troubleshooting compressor motor, review this description  
of compressor motor terminal identification.  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury.  
Use caution when working near compressor terminals.  
Damaged terminals have the potential to cause personal injury.  
Single--Phase Motors  
To identify terminals C, S, and R:  
1. Turn off all unit power.  
Never put face or body directly in line with terminals.  
2. Discharge run and start capacitors to prevent shock.  
3. Remove all wires from motor terminals.  
To determine if any winding has a break in the internal wires and  
current is unable to pass through, follow these steps:  
4. Read resistance between all pairs of terminals using an  
ohmmeter on 0--10 ohm scale.  
1. Be sure all power is off.  
2. Discharge all capacitors.  
3. Remove wires from terminals C, S, and R.  
5. Determine 2 terminals that provide greatest resistance  
reading.  
Through elimination, remaining terminal must be common (C).  
Greatest resistance between common (C) and another terminal  
indicates the start winding because it has more turns. This terminal  
is the start (S). The remaining terminal will be run winding (R).  
4. Check resistance from C--R, C--S, and R--S using an  
ohmmeter on 0--1000 ohm scale.  
Because winding resistances are usually less than 10 ohms, each  
reading appears to be approximately 0 ohm. If resistance remains at  
1000 ohms, an open or break exists and compressor should be  
replaced.  
NOTE: If compressor is hot, allow time to cool and internal line  
break to reset. There is an internal line break protector which must  
be closed.  
All compressors are equipped with internal motor protection. If  
motor becomes hot for any reason, protector opens. Compressor  
should always be allowed to cool and protector to close before  
troubleshooting. Always turn off all power to unit and disconnect  
leads at compressor terminals before taking readings.  
!
CAUTION  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
Most common motor failures are due to either an open, grounded,  
or short circuit. When a compressor fails to start or run, 3 tests can  
help determine the problem. First, all possible external causes  
should be eliminated, such as overloads, improper voltage,  
pressure equalization, defective capacitor(s), relays, wiring, etc.  
Compressor has internal line break overload, so be certain it is  
closed.  
Be sure internal line break overload is not temporarily open.  
21  
Ground Circuit  
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM  
Refrigerant  
To determine if a wire has broken or come in direct contact with  
shell, causing a direct short to ground, follow these steps:  
1. Allow crankcase heaters to remain on for several hours  
before checking motor to ensure windings are not saturated  
with refrigerant.  
!
WARNING  
UNIT OPERATION AND SAFETY HAZARD  
2. Using an ohmmeter on R X 10,000 ohm scale or  
megohmmeter (follow manufacturer’s instructions).  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or equipment damage.  
3. Be sure all power is off.  
Puronr refrigerant which has higher pressures than R--22 and  
other refrigerants. No other refrigerant may be used in this  
system. Gauge set, hoses, and recovery system must be  
designed to handle Puronr. If you are unsure consult the  
equipment manufacturer.  
4. Discharge all capacitors.  
5. Remove wires from terminals C, S, and R.  
6. Place one meter probe on ground or on compressor shell.  
Make a good metal--to--metal contact. Place other probe on  
terminals C, S, and R in sequence.  
In an air conditioning and heat pump system, refrigerant transfers  
heat from one replace to another. The condenser is the outdoor coil  
in the cooling mode and the evaporator is the indoor coil.  
In a heat pump, the condenser is the indoor coil in the heating  
mode and the evaporator is the outdoor coil.  
7. Note meter scale.  
8. If reading of 0 or low resistance is obtained, motor is  
grounded. Replace compressor.  
Compressor resistance to ground should not be less than 1000  
ohms per volt of operating voltage.  
In the typical air conditioning mode, compressed hot gas leaves the  
compressor and enters the condensing coil. As gas passes through  
the condenser coil, it rejects heat and condenses into liquid. The  
liquid leaves condensing unit through liquid line and enters  
metering device at evaporator coil. As it passes through metering  
device, it becomes a gas--liquid mixture. As it passes through  
indoor coil, it absorbs heat and the refrigerant moves to the  
compressor and is again compressed to hot gas, and cycle repeats.  
Example:  
230 volts X 1000 ohms/volt = 230,000 ohms minimum.  
Short Circuit  
To determine if any wires within windings have broken through  
their insulation and made contact with other wires, thereby shorting  
all or part of the winding(s), be sure the following conditions are  
met.  
Compressor Oil  
1. Correct motor winding resistances must be known before  
testing, either from previous readings or from  
manufacturer’s specifications.  
!
CAUTION  
2. Temperature of windings must be as specified, usually  
about 70_F.  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
3. Resistance measuring instrument must have an accuracy  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
within ± 5--10 percent. This requires an accurate ohmmeter  
such as  
a
Wheatstone bridge or null balance--type  
The compressor in a Puronr system uses a polyol ester  
(POE) oil. This oil is extremely hygroscopic, meaning it  
absorbs water readily. POE oils can absorb 15 times as much  
water as other oils designed for HCFC and CFC refrigerants.  
Take all necessary precautions to avoid exposure of the oil to  
the atmosphere. (See Table 4.)  
instrument.  
4. Motor must be dry or free from direct contact with liquid  
refrigerant.  
Make This Critical Test  
(Not advisable unless above conditions are met)  
1. Be sure all power is off.  
2. Discharge all capacitors.  
3. Remove wires from terminals C, S, and R.  
4. Place instrument probes together and determine probe and  
lead wire resistance.  
5. Check resistance readings from C--R, C--S, and R--S.  
6. Subtract instrument probe and lead resistance from each  
reading.  
If any reading is within ±20 percent of known resistance, motor is  
probably normal. Usually a considerable difference in reading is  
noted if a turn--to--turn short is present.  
22  
Table 4—Oil Charging  
REFRIGERANT  
COMPRESSOR MODEL  
RECHARGE (FL OZ)  
OIL TYPE  
COPELAND  
PURON  
PURON  
PURON  
P U R O N --- 2 S TA G E  
P U R O N --- 2 S TA G E  
ZP16---26  
ZP32---41  
P54  
38  
42  
53  
34  
3MA POE (32 cSt)  
3MA POE (32 cSt)  
3MA POE (32 cSt)  
3 M A F --- P OE  
ZPS20, ZPS30, ZPS40  
ZPS49, ZPS51  
52  
3 M A F --- P OE  
BRISTOL  
P U R O N --- 2 S TA G E  
P U R O N --- 2 S TA G E  
P U R O N --- 2 S TA G E  
T81J195  
T81J285, 384  
T81J515  
27  
37  
62  
MOBIL 32BC  
MOBIL 32BC  
MOBIL 32BC  
SCROLL TECHNOLOGIES  
PURON  
PURON  
XG* 3 2 --- 3 8  
XN* 4 1 --- 5 6  
36  
53  
HATC O P OE 3 2 --- ST  
HATC O P OE 3 2 --- ST  
COPELAND  
R22  
R22  
ZR16---32  
Z R 3 8 ---  
19  
34  
3GS---32YMO (blended white oil)  
3GS---32YMO (blended white oil)  
SCROLL TECHNOLOGIES  
R22  
R22  
R22  
XC * 3 8 --- 4 2  
XC * 4 3 --- 4 7  
XR * 4 8 --- 6 0  
36  
45  
53  
Zerol 150---T  
Zerol 150---T  
Zerol 150---T  
Servicing Systems on Roofs With Synthetic  
Materials  
Brazing  
This section on brazing is not intended to teach a technician how to  
braze. There are books and classes which teach and refine brazing  
techniques. The basic points below are listed only as a reminder.  
Definition: The joining and sealing of metals using a nonferrous  
metal having a melting point over 800_F/426.6_C.  
Flux: A cleaning solution applied to tubing or wire before it is  
brazed. Flux improves the strength of the brazed connection.  
When brazing is required in the refrigeration system, certain basics  
should be remembered. The following are a few of the basic rules.  
POE (polyol ester) compressor lubricants are known to cause long  
term damage to some synthetic roofing materials. Exposure, even if  
immediately cleaned up, may cause embrittlement (leading to  
cracking) to occur in one year or more. When performing any  
service which may risk exposure of compressor oil to the roof, take  
appropriate precautions to protect roofing. Procedures which risk  
oil leakage include but are not limited to compressor replacement,  
repairing refrigerants leaks, replacing refrigerant components such  
as filter drier, pressure switch, metering device, coil, accumulator,  
or reversing valve.  
1. Clean joints make the best joints. To clean:  
Remove all oxidation from surfaces to a shiny  
Synthetic Roof Precautionary Procedure  
finish before brazing.  
1. Cover extended roof working area with an impermeable  
polyethylene (plastic) drop cloth or tarp. Cover an  
approximate 10 x 10 ft area.  
Remove all flux residue with brush and water while  
material is still hot.  
2. Silver brazing alloy is used on copper--to--brass,  
copper--to--steel, or copper--to--copper. Flux is required  
when using silver brazing alloy. Do not use low temperature  
solder.  
2. Cover area in front of the unit service panel with a terry  
cloth shop towel to absorb lubricant spills and prevent  
run--offs, and protect drop cloth from tears caused by tools  
or components.  
3. Fluxes should be used carefully. Avoid excessive  
application and do not allow fluxes to enter into the system.  
3. Place terry cloth shop towel inside unit immediately under  
component(s) to be serviced and prevent lubricant run--offs  
through the louvered openings in the base pan.  
4. Brazing temperature of copper is proper when it is heated to  
a minimum temperature of 800_F and it is a dull red color  
in appearance.  
4. Perform required service.  
5. Remove and dispose of any oil contaminated material per  
local codes.  
23  
Service Valves and Pumpdown  
!
CAUTION  
!
WARNING  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
PERSONAL INJURY AND UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or equipment damage.  
Wear safety glasses, protective clothing, and gloves when  
handling refrigerant.  
Never attempt to make repairs to existing service valves. Unit  
operates under high pressure. Damaged seats and o--rings  
should not be replaced. Replacement of entire service valve is  
required. Service valve must be replaced by properly trained  
service technician.  
Pumpdown Procedure  
Service valves provide a convenient shutoff valve useful for certain  
refrigeration--system repairs. System may be pumped down to  
make repairs on low side without losing complete refrigerant  
charge.  
1. Attach pressure gauge to suction service--valve gauge port.  
2. Front seat liquid--line valve.  
Service valves provide a means for holding original factory charge  
in outdoor unit prior to hookup to indoor coil. They also contain  
gauge ports for measuring system pressures and provide shutoff  
convenience for certain types of repairs. (See Fig. 15 and Fig. 16.)  
Two types of service valves are used in outdoor residential  
equipment. The first type is a front--seating valve, which has a  
service port that contains a Schrader fitting. The service port is  
always pressurized after the valve is moved off the front--seat  
position.  
3. Start unit in cooling mode. Run until suction pressure  
reaches 5 psig (35kPa). Do not allow compressor to pump  
to a vacuum.  
4. Shut unit off. Front seat suction valve.  
STAINLESS  
STEEL  
STEM  
The second type is a combination front--seating/back--seating  
valve, which has a metal--to--metal seat in both the open and closed  
positions. When it is fully back--seated (will no longer turn counter  
clockwise), the service port is not pressurized. To pressurize the  
service port, this valve must be moved off the back--seating  
position (turned clockwise slightly). The gage port in this valve  
does not contain a Schrader fitting. Both types of service valves are  
designed for sweat connection to the field tubing.  
SERVICE  
PORT  
ENTRANCE  
BACK  
SEAT  
POSITION  
The service valves in the outdoor unit come from the factory  
front--seated. This means that the refrigerant charge is isolated from  
the line--set connection ports. All heat pumps are shipped with an  
adapter stub tube. This tube must be installed on the liquid service  
valve. After connecting the stub tube to the liquid service valve of  
a heat pump, the valves are ready for brazing. The interconnecting  
tubing (line set) can be brazed to the service valves using industry  
accepted methods and materials. Consult local codes.  
FIELD SIDE  
FRONT  
SEAT  
POSITION  
Before brazing the line set to the valves, the belled ends of the  
sweat connections on the service valves must be cleaned so that no  
brass plating remains on either the inside or outside of the bell  
joint. To prevent damage to the valve and/or cap “O” ring, use a  
wet cloth or other acceptable heat--sinking material on the valve  
before brazing. To prevent damage to the unit, use a metal barrier  
between brazing area and unit.  
FORGED BACK SEATING VALVE  
A91435  
Fig. 15 – Suction Service Valve (Back Seating)  
Used in Preferred and Evolution ACs and HPs.  
FIELD  
SIDE  
STEM  
After the brazing operation and the refrigerant tubing and  
evaporator coil have been evacuated, the valve stem can be turned  
counterclockwise until back--seats, which releases refrigerant into  
tubing and evaporator coil. The system can now be operated.  
SERVICE PORT  
W/SCHRADER CORE  
Back--seating service valves must be back--seated (turned  
counterclockwise until seated) before the service--port caps can be  
removed and hoses of gauge manifold connected. In this position,  
refrigerant has access from and through outdoor and indoor unit.  
SEAT  
The service valve--stem cap is tightened to 20 ± 2 ft/lb torque and  
the service--port caps to 9 ± 2 ft/lb torque. The seating surface of  
the valve stem has a knife--set edge against which the caps are  
tightened to attain a metal--to--metal seal. If accessory pressure  
switches are used, the service valve must be cracked. Then, the  
knife--set stem cap becomes the primary seal.  
BAR STOCK FRONT SEATING VALVE  
A91447  
Fig. 16 – Suction Service Valve (Front Seating)  
Used in Legacy RNC and Legacy Line ACs and HPs  
The service valve cannot be field repaired; therefore, only a  
complete valve or valve stem and service--port caps are available  
for replacement.  
NOTE: All outdoor unit coils will hold only factory--supplied  
amount of refrigerant. Excess refrigerant, such as in long--line  
applications, may cause unit to relieve pressure through internal  
pressure--relief valve (indicated by sudden rise of suction pressure)  
before suction pressure reaches 5 psig (35kPa). If this occurs, shut  
unit off immediately, front seat suction valve, and recover  
remaining pressure.  
If the service valve is to be replaced, a metal barrier must be  
inserted between the valve and the unit to prevent damaging the  
unit exterior from the heat of the brazing operations.  
24  
Heating Piston (AccuRaterr) -- Heat Pumps Only  
In this product line, AccuRater pistons are used to meter refrigerant  
for heat pump heating mode only. All indoor coils are supplied  
with  
a
bi--flow TXV for metering in the cooling mode.  
AccuRaterr piston has a refrigerant metering hole through it. The  
piston seats against the meters refrigerant in to the outdoor coil in  
heating and allows refrigerant to flow around it in cooling mode.  
There are 2 types of liquid line connections used. Flare connections  
are used in R--22 systems.  
1. Shut off power to unit.  
2. Pump unit down using pumpdown procedure described in  
this service manual.  
A05226  
3. Loosen nut and remove liquid line flare connection from  
Fig. 17 – Front Seating Service Valve with Chatleff  
AccuRaterr.  
Connection Used in Legacy RNC, Legacy Line, and 4--Sided  
Preferred and Evolution Puron Heat Pumps.  
4. Pull retainer out of body, being careful not to scratch flare  
sealing surface. If retainer does not pull out easily, carefully  
use locking pliers to remove it.  
5. Slide piston and piston ring out by inserting a small soft  
wire with small kinks through metering hole. Do not  
damage metering hole, sealing surface around piston cones,  
or fluted portion of piston.  
TEFLONr SEAL  
PISTON  
6. Clean piston refrigerant metering hole.  
7. Install a new retainer O--ring, retainer assembly, or Teflon  
washer before reassembling AccuRaterr.  
SWEAT / FLARE  
PISTON  
ADAPTER  
BODY  
A05226  
Fig. 18 – Back Seating Liquid Service Valve  
Used in 3--Sided Preferred and Evolution Heat Pumps  
(all Puron)  
PISTON BODY  
PISTON  
PISTON  
RETAINER  
SWEAT/FLARE ADAPTER  
A01019  
Fig. 19 – AccuRaterr Components  
(used in R--22 Heat Pumps)  
25  
Reversing Valve  
If valve is defective:  
1. Shut off all power to unit and remove charge from system.  
In heat pumps, changeover between heating and cooling modes is  
accomplished with a valve that reverses flow of refrigerant in  
system. This reversing valve device is easy to troubleshoot and  
replace. The reversing valve solenoid can be checked with power  
off with an ohmmeter. Check for continuity and shorting to  
ground. With control circuit (24v) power on, check for correct  
voltage at solenoid coil. Check for overheated solenoid.  
2. Remove solenoid coil from valve body. Remove valve by  
cutting it from system with tubing cutter. Repair person  
should cut in such a way that stubs can be easily re--brazed  
back into system. Do not use hacksaw. This introduces  
chips into system that cause failure. After defective valve is  
removed, wrap it in wet rag and carefully unbraze stubs.  
Save stubs for future use. Because defective valve is not  
overheated, it can be analyzed for cause of failure when it is  
returned.  
With unit operating, other items can be checked, such as frost or  
condensate water on refrigerant lines.  
The sound made by a reversing valve as it begins or ends defrost is  
a “whooshing” sound, as the valve reverses and pressures in system  
equalize. An experienced service technician detects this sound and  
uses it as a valuable troubleshooting tool.  
3. Braze new valve onto used stubs. Keep stubs oriented  
correctly. Scratch corresponding matching marks on old  
valve and stubs and on new valve body to aid in lining up  
new valve properly. When brazing stubs into valve, protect  
valve body with wet rag to prevent overheating.  
Using a remote measuring device, check inlet and outlet line  
temperatures. DO NOT touch lines. If reversing valve is operating  
normally, inlet and outlet temperatures on appropriate lines should  
be close to each other. Any difference would be due to heat loss or  
gain across valve body. Temperatures are best checked with a  
remote reading electronic--type thermometer with multiple probes.  
Route thermocouple leads to inside of coil area through service  
valve mounting plate area underneath coil. Fig. 20 and Fig. 21  
show test points (TP) on reversing valve for recording  
temperatures. Insulate points for more accurate reading.  
4. Use slip couplings to install new valve with stubs back into  
system. Even if stubs are long, wrap valve with a wet rag to  
prevent overheating.  
5. After valve is brazed in, check for leaks. Evacuate and  
charge system. Operate system in both modes several times  
to be sure valve functions properly.  
TO  
FROM  
OUTDOOR  
COIL  
TO INDOOR COIL  
VIA SERVICE VALVE  
ON OUTDOOR COIL  
ACCUMULATOR  
FROM INDOOR COIL VIA  
SERVICE VALVE ON  
OUTDOOR COIL  
TO OUTDOOR  
COIL  
TO  
ACCUMULATOR  
INSULATE  
FOR  
ACCURATE  
READING  
TP--2  
TP--4  
TP--3  
TP--4  
TP--3  
TP--2  
INSULATE FOR  
ACCURATE  
READING  
TP--1  
TP--1  
FROM COMPRESSOR  
DISCHARGE LINE  
FROM COMPRESSOR  
DISCHARGE LINE  
ELECTRONIC  
THERMOMETER  
A88342  
A88341  
Fig. 20 – Reversing Valve  
(Cooling Mode or Defrost Mode, Solenoid Energized)  
Fig. 21 – Reversing Valve  
(Heating Mode, Solenoid De--Energized)  
26  
Install Liquid--line Filter Drier Indoor -- HP  
Liquid Line Filter Drier  
Refer to Fig. 23 and install filter drier as follows:  
1. Braze 5 in. liquid tube to the indoor coil.  
Filter driers are specifically designed for R--22 or Puronr  
refrigerant. Only operate with the appropriate drier using factory  
authorized components.  
It is recommended that the liquid line drier be installed at the  
indoor unit. Placing the drier near the TXV allows additional  
protection to the TXV as the liquid line drier also acts as a strainer.  
2. Wrap filter drier with damp cloth.  
3. Braze filter drier to 5 in. long liquid tube from step 1.  
4. Connect and braze liquid refrigerant tube to the filter drier.  
Suction Line Filter Drier  
Install Liquid--line Filter Drier Indoor -- AC  
The suction line drier is specifically designed to operate with  
Puronr, use only factory authorized components. Suction line filter  
drier is used in cases where acid might occur, such as burnout. Heat  
pump units must have the drier installed between the compressor  
and accumulator only. Remove after 10 hours of operation. Never  
leave suction line filter drier in a system longer than 72 hours  
(actual time).  
!
CAUTION  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage  
or improper operation.  
To avoid performance loss and compressor failure, installation  
of filter drier in liquid line is required.  
!
CAUTION  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage  
or improper operation.  
To avoid filter drier damage while brazing, filter drier must be  
wrapped in a heat--sinking material such as a wet cloth.  
Refer to Fig. 22 and install filter drier as follows:  
1. Braze 5--in. liquid tube to the indoor coil.  
2. Wrap filter drier with damp cloth.  
3. Braze filter drier to above 5” liquid tube. Flow arrow must  
point towards indoor coil.  
4. Connect and braze liquid refrigerant tube to the filter drier.  
A05178  
A05227  
Fig. 22 – Liquid Line Filter Drier -- AC  
Fig. 23 – Liquid Line Filter Drier -- HP  
27  
Accumulator  
!
CAUTION  
The accumulator is specifically designed to operate with Puronr  
or R22 respectfully; use only factory--authorized components.  
Under some light load conditions on indoor coils, liquid refrigerant  
is present in suction gas returning to compressor. The accumulator  
stores liquid and allows it to boil off into a vapor so it can be safely  
returned to compressor. Since a compressor is designed to pump  
refrigerant in its gaseous state, introduction of liquid into it could  
cause severe damage or total failure of compressor.  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
Wear safety glasses, protective clothing, and gloves when  
handling refrigerant.  
4. Remove accumulator from system with tubing cutter.  
5. Tape ends of open tubing.  
6. Scratch matching marks on tubing studs and old  
accumulator. Scratch matching marks on new accumulator.  
Unbraze stubs from old accumulator and braze into new  
accumulator.  
The accumulator is a passive device which seldom needs replacing.  
Occasionally its internal oil return orifice or bleed hole may  
become plugged. Some oil is contained in refrigerant returning to  
compressor. It cannot boil off in accumulator with liquid  
refrigerant. The bleed hole allows a small amount of oil and  
refrigerant to enter the return line where velocity of refrigerant  
returns it to compressor. If bleed hole plugs, oil is trapped in  
accumulator, and compressor will eventually fail from lack of  
lubrication. If bleed hole is plugged, accumulator must be changed.  
The accumulator has a fusible element located in the bottom end  
bell. (See Fig. 24.) This fusible element will melt at 430_F//221_C  
and vent the refrigerant if this temperature is reached either internal  
or external to the system. If fuse melts, the accumulator must be  
replaced.  
7. Thoroughly rinse any flux residue from joints and paint  
with corrosion--resistant coating such as zinc--rich paint.  
8. Install factory authorized accumulator into system with  
copper slip couplings.  
9. Evacuate and charge system.  
Pour and measure oil quantity (if any) from old accumulator. If  
more than 20 percent of oil charge is trapped in accumulator, add  
new POE oil to compressor to make up for this loss. (See Table 4.)  
To change accumulator:  
1. Shut off all power to unit.  
2. Recover all refrigerant from system.  
3. Break vacuum with dry nitrogen. Do not exceed 5 psig.  
NOTE: Coil may be removed for access to accumulator. Refer to  
appropriate sections of Service Manual for instructions.  
430° FUSE  
ELEMENT  
A88410  
Fig. 24 – Accumulator  
28  
IMPORTANT: The TXV should be mounted as close to the  
indoor coil as possible and in a vertical, upright position. Avoid  
mounting the inlet tube vertically down. The valve is more  
susceptible to malfunction due to debris if inlet tube is facing  
down. A factory--approved filter drier must be installed in the  
liquid line at the indoor unit.  
Thermostatic Expansion Valve (TXV)  
All fan coils and furnace coils will have a factory installed  
thermostatic expansion valve (TXV). The TXV will be a bi--flow,  
hard--shutoff with an external equalizer and a balance port pin. A  
hard shut--off TXV does not have a bleed port. Therefore,  
minimal equalization takes place after shutdown. TXVs are  
specifically designed to operate with Puronr or R--22 refrigerant,  
use only factory authorized TXV’s. Do not interchange Puron  
and R--22 TXVs.  
Installing TXV in Place of Piston in a Rated Indoor Coil  
(pre--2006)  
1. Pump system down to 2 psig and recover refrigerant.  
2. Remove hex nut from piston body. Use backup wrench on  
fan coils.  
3. Remove and discard factory--installed piston. Be sure Teflon  
seal is in place.  
TXV Operation  
The TXV is a metering device that is used in air conditioning and  
heat pump systems to adjust to changing load conditions by  
maintaining a preset superheat temperature at the outlet of the  
evaporator coil. The volume of refrigerant metered through the  
valve seat is dependent upon the following:  
4. Reinstall hex nut. Finger tighten nut plus 1/2 turn.  
NOTE: If the piston is not removed from the body, TXV will not  
function properly.  
1. Superheat temperature is sensed by cap tube sensing bulb  
on suction tube at outlet of evaporator coil. This  
temperature is converted into pressure by refrigerant in the  
bulb pushing downward on the diaphragm which opens the  
valve via the pushrods.  
2. The suction pressure at the outlet of the evaporator coil is  
transferred via the external equalizer tube to the underside  
of the diaphragm. This is needed to account for the indoor  
coil pressure drop. Residential coils typically have a high  
pressure drop, which requires this valve feature.  
!
CAUTION  
EQUIPMENT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
Use a brazing shield and wrap TXV with wet cloth or  
use heat sink material  
3. The pin is spring loaded, which exerts pressure on the  
underside of the diaphragm. Therefore, the bulb pressure  
works against the spring pressure and evaporator suction  
pressure to open the valve.  
5. Install TXV on indoor coil liquid line. Sweat swivel adapter  
to inlet of indoor coil and attach to TXV outlet. Use backup  
wrench to avoid damage to tubing or valve. Sweat inlet of  
TXV, marked “IN” to liquid line. Avoid excessive heat  
which could damage valve.  
If the load increases, the temperature increases at the bulb,  
which increases the pressure on the top side of the  
diaphragm. This opens the valve and increases the flow of  
refrigerant. The increased refrigerant flow causes the  
leaving evaporator temperature to decrease. This lowers the  
pressure on the diaphragm and closes the pin. The  
refrigerant flow is effectively stabilized to the load demand  
with negligible change in superheat.  
6. Install vapor elbow with equalizer adapter to suction tube of  
line set and suction connection to indoor coil. Adapter has a  
1/4--in. male connector for attaching equalizer tube.  
7. Connect equalizer tube of TXV to 1/4--in. equalizer fitting  
on vapor line adapter.  
Install TXV  
8. Attach TXV bulb to horizontal section of suction line using  
clamps provided. Insulate bulb with field--supplied  
insulation tape. See Fig. 25 for correct positioning of  
sensing bulb.  
The thermostatic expansion valve is specifically designed to  
operate with a refrigerant type. Do not use an R--22 TXV on a  
Puron system, and do not use a Puron valve on an R--22 system.  
Refer to Product Data Sheet for the appropriate TXV kit number.  
9. Proceed with remainder of unit installation.  
10 O’CLOCK  
2 O’CLOCK  
!
CAUTION  
SENSING BULB  
UNIT OPERATION HAZARD  
STRAP  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
Al indoor coil units must be installed with a hard shut  
off PuronR TXV metering device.  
SUCTION TUBE  
A08083  
Fig. 25 – Position of Sensing Bulb  
29  
Replacing TXV on an Indoor Coil (pre--2006)  
clamps (nylon or copper). See Fig. 25 for correct  
positioning of sensing bulb.  
1. Pump system down to 2 psig and recover refrigerant.  
11. Route equalizer tube through suction connection opening  
(large hole) in fitting panel and install fitting panel in place.  
2. Remove coil access panel and fitting panel from front of  
cabinet.  
3. Remove TXV support clamp using a 5/16--in. nut driver.  
Save the clamp.  
12. Sweat inlet of TXV, marked “IN” to liquid line. Avoid  
excessive heat which could damage valve.  
4. Remove R--22 TXV using a backup wrench on flare  
connections to prevent damage to tubing.  
13. Proceed with remainder of unit installation.  
5. Using wire cutters, cut equalizer tube off flush with vapor  
tube inside cabinet.  
MAKE PIPING CONNECTIONS  
6. Remove bulb from vapor tube inside cabinet.  
!
WARNING  
7. Braze equalizer stub--tube closed. Use protective barrier as  
necessary to prevent damage to drain pan.  
PERSONAL INJURY AND ENVIRONMENTAL  
HAZARD  
IMPORTANT: Route the equalizer tube of TXV through  
suction line connection opening in fitting panel prior to  
replacing fitting panel around tubing.  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or death.  
8. Install TXV with 3/8--in. copper tubing through small hole  
in service panel. Use wrench and backup wrench, to avoid  
damage to tubing or valve, to attach TXV to distributor.  
Relieve pressure and recover all refrigerant before system  
repair or final unit disposal.  
Use all service ports and open all flow--control devices,  
including solenoid valves.  
9. Reinstall TXV support clamp (removed in item 3).  
10. Attach TXV bulb to vapor tube inside cabinet, in same  
location as original was when removed, using supplied bulb  
clamps (nylon or copper). See Fig. 25 for correct  
positioning of sensing bulb.  
!
CAUTION  
11. Route equalizer tube through suction connection opening  
(large hole) in fitting panel and install fitting panel in place.  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage  
or improper operation.  
12. Sweat inlet of TXV, marked “IN” to liquid line. Avoid  
excessive heat which could damage valve.  
Do not leave system open to atmosphere any longer than  
minimum required for installation. POE oil in compressor is  
extremely susceptible to moisture absorption. Always keep  
ends of tubing sealed during installation.  
13. Install vapor elbow with equalizer adapter to vapor line of  
line set and vapor connection to indoor coil. Adapter has  
1/4--in. male connector for attaching equalizer tube.  
a
14. Connect equalizer tube of TXV to 1/4--in. equalizer fitting  
on vapor line adapter. Use backup wrench to prevent  
damage to equalizer fitting.  
!
CAUTION  
15. Proceed with remainder of unit installation.  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Replacing TXV on Indoor Coil (post--2006)  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
1. Pump system down to 2 psig and recover refrigerant.  
If ANY refrigerant tubing is buried, provide a 6 in. vertical  
rise at service valve. Refrigerant tubing lengths up to 36 in.  
may be buried without further special consideration. Do not  
bury lines longer than 36 in.  
2. Remove coil access panel and fitting panel from front of  
cabinet.  
3. Remove TXV support clamp using a 5/16--in. nut driver.  
Save the clamp (N coils only).  
4. Remove TXV using a backup wrench on connections to  
prevent damage to tubing.  
5. Remove equalizer tube from suction line of coil.  
Note: Some coils may have a mechanical connection. If  
coil has a braze connection, use file or tubing cutter to cut  
brazed equalizer line approximately 2 inches above suction  
tube.  
COIL  
SENSING  
BULB  
EQUALIZER  
TUBE  
6. Remove bulb from vapor tube inside cabinet.  
7. Install the new TXV using a wrench and backup wrench to  
avoid damage to tubing or valve to attach TXV to  
distributor.  
8. Reinstall TXV support clamp (removed in item 3). (N coils  
only.)  
THERMOSTATIC  
EXPANSION  
VALVE  
9. Attach equalizer tube to suction line. If coil has mechanical  
connection, then use wrench and back up wrench to attach.  
If coil has brazed connection, use file or tubing cutters to  
remove mechanical flare nut from equalizer line. Then use  
coupling to braze the equalizer line to stub (previous  
equalizer line) in suction line.  
A91277  
Fig. 26 – Typical TXV Installation  
10. Attach TXV bulb to vapor tube inside cabinet, in same  
location as original was when removed, using supplied bulb  
30  
REFRIGERATION SYSTEM REPAIR  
Leak Detection  
New installations should be checked for leaks prior to complete  
charging. If a system has lost all or most of its charge, system must  
be pressurized again to approximately 150 psi minimum and 375  
psi maximum. This can be done by adding refrigerant using  
normal charging procedures or by pressurizing system with  
nitrogen (less expensive than refrigerant). Nitrogen also leaks faster  
than refrigerants. Nitrogen cannot, however, be detected by an  
electronic leak detector. (See Fig. 27.)  
LEAK  
DETECTOR  
SOLUTION  
A95423  
Fig. 29 – Bubble Leak Detection  
You may use an electronic leak detector designed for specific  
refrigerant to check for leaks. (See Fig. 27.) This unquestionably is  
the most efficient and easiest method for checking leaks. There are  
various types of electronic leak detectors. Check with manufacturer  
of equipment for suitability. Generally speaking, they are portable,  
lightweight, and consist of a box with several switches and a probe  
or sniffer. Detector is turned on and probe is passed around all  
fittings and connections in system. Leak is detected by either the  
movement of a pointer on detector dial, a buzzing sound, or a light.  
A95422  
In all instances when a leak is found, system charge must be  
recovered and leak repaired before final charging and operation.  
After leak testing or leak is repaired, replace liquid line filter drier,  
evacuate system, and recharge with correct refrigerant quantity.  
Fig. 27 – Electronic Leak Detection  
!
WARNING  
Coil Removal  
Coils are easy to remove if required for compressor removal, or to  
replace coil.  
PERSONAL INJURY AND UNIT DAMAGE  
HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal  
injury or death.  
1. Shut off all power to unit.  
Due to the high pressure of nitrogen, it should never be  
used without a pressure regulator on the tank.  
2. Recover refrigerant from system through service valves.  
3. Break vacuum with nitrogen.  
4. Remove top cover. (See Remove Top Cover in Cabinet  
section of the manual.)  
Assuming that a system is pressurized with either all refrigerant or  
a mixture of nitrogen and refrigerant, leaks in the system can be  
found with an electronic leak detector that is capable of detecting  
specific refrigerants.  
5. Remove screws in base pan to coil grille.  
6. Remove coil grille from unit.  
If system has been operating for some time, first check for a leak  
visually. Since refrigerant carries a small quantity of oil, traces of  
oil at any joint or connection is an indication that refrigerant is  
leaking at that point.  
7. Remove screws on corner post holding coil tube sheet.  
!
WARNING  
A simple and inexpensive method of testing for leaks is to use soap  
bubbles. (See Fig. 28.) Any solution of water and soap may be  
used. Soap solution is applied to all joints and connections in  
system. A small pinhole leak is located by tracing bubbles in soap  
solution around leak. If the leak is very small, several minutes may  
pass before a bubble will form. Popular commercial leak detection  
solutions give better, longer--lasting bubbles and more accurate  
results than plain soapy water. The bubble solution must be  
removed from the tubing and fittings after checking for leaks as  
some solutions may corrode the metal.  
FIRE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal  
injury or equipment damage.  
Cut tubing to reduce possibility of personal injury and fire.  
8. Use midget tubing cutter to cut liquid and vapor lines at  
both sides of coil. Cut in convenient location for easy  
reassembly with copper slip couplings.  
9. Lift coil vertically from basepan and carefully place aside.  
10. Reverse procedure to reinstall coil.  
11. Replace filter drier, evacuate system, recharge, and check  
for normal systems operation.  
31  
Compressor Removal and Replacement  
System Clean--Up After Burnout  
Once it is determined that compressor has failed and the reason  
established, compressor must be replaced.  
Some compressor electrical failures can cause motor to burn. When  
this occurs, by--products of burn, which include sludge, carbon,  
and acids, contaminate system. Test the oil for acidity using POE  
oil acid test to determine burnout severity. If burnout is severe  
enough, system must be cleaned before replacement compressor is  
installed. The 2 types of motor burnout are classified as mild or  
severe.  
!
CAUTION  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
In mild burnout, there is little or no detectable odor. Compressor  
oil is clear or slightly discolored. An acid test of compressor oil  
will be negative. This type of failure is treated the same as  
mechanical failure. Liquid--line strainer should be removed and  
liquid--line filter drier replaced.  
Turn off all power to unit before proceeding. Wear safety  
glasses, protective clothing, and gloves when handling  
refrigerant. Acids formed as a result of motor burnout can  
cause burns.  
In a severe burnout, there is a strong, pungent, rotten egg odor.  
Compressor oil is very dark. Evidence of burning may be present  
in tubing connected to compressor. An acid test of compressor oil  
will be positive. Follow these additional steps:  
!
CAUTION  
1. TXV must be cleaned or replaced.  
PERSONAL INJURY HAZARD  
2. Drain any trapped oil from accumulator if used.  
3. Remove and discard liquid--line strainer and filter drier.  
Failure to follow this caution may result in personal injury.  
Wear safety glasses, protective clothing, and gloves when  
handling refrigerant and when using brazing torch..  
4. After system is reassembled, install liquid and suction--line  
Puronr filter driers.  
1. Shut off all power to unit.  
NOTE: On heat pumps, install suction line drier between  
compressor and accumulator.  
2. Remove and recover all refrigerant from system until  
pressure gauges read 0 psi. Use all service ports. Never open  
a system under a vacuum to atmosphere. Break vacuum  
with dry nitrogen holding charge first. Do not exceed 5  
psig.  
3. Disconnect electrical leads from compressor. Disconnect or  
remove crankcase heater and remove compressor  
hold--down bolts.  
5. Operate system for 10 hr. Monitor pressure drop across  
drier. If pressure drop exceeds 3 psig replace suction--line  
and liquid--line filter driers. Be sure to purge system with  
dry nitrogen when replacing filter driers. If suction line  
driers must be replaced, retest pressure drop after additional  
10 hours (run time). Continue to monitor pressure drop  
across suction line filter drier. After 10 hr of run time,  
remove suction--line filter drier and replace liquid--line filter  
drier. Never leave suction--line filter drier in system longer  
than 72 hr (run time).  
4. Cut compressor from system with tubing cutter. Do not use  
brazing torch for compressor removal. Oil vapor may ignite  
when compressor is disconnected.  
6. Charge system. (See unit information plate.)  
5. Scratch matching marks on stubs in old compressor. Make  
corresponding marks on replacement compressor.  
6. Use torch to remove stubs from old compressor and to  
reinstall them in replacement compressor.  
!
CAUTION  
7. Use copper couplings to tie compressor back into system.  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
8. Replace filter drier, evacuate system, recharge, and check  
for normal system operation.  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
Only suction line filter driers should be used for refrigerant  
and oil clean up. Use of non--approved products could limit  
system life and void unit warranty.  
!
CAUTION  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
Do not leave system open to atmosphere. Compressor oil is  
highly susceptible to moisture absorption.  
32  
Evacuation  
CHECK CHARGE  
Proper evacuation of the system will remove non--condensibles  
and assure a tight, dry system before charging. The 2 methods used  
to evacuate a system are the deep vacuum method and the triple  
evacuation method.  
(See Charging Tables 11 & 13)  
Factory charge amount and desired subcooling are shown on unit  
rating plate. Charging method is shown on information plate inside  
unit. To properly check or adjust charge, conditions must be  
favorable for subcooling charging. Favorable conditions exist  
when the outdoor temperature is between 70_F and 100_F  
(21.11_C and 37.78_C), and the indoor temperature is between  
70_F and 80_F (21.11_C and 26.67_C). Follow the procedure  
below:  
Deep Vacuum Method  
The deep vacuum method requires a vacuum pump capable of  
pulling a vacuum of 500 microns and a vacuum gauge capable of  
accurately measuring this vacuum depth. The deep vacuum method  
is the most positive way of assuring a system is free of air and  
moisture. (See Fig. 30.)  
Unit is factory charged for 15ft (4.57 m) of lineset. Adjust charge  
by adding or removing 0.6 oz/ft of 3/8 liquid line above or below  
15ft (4.57 m) respectively.  
5000  
4500  
4000  
For standard refrigerant line lengths (80 ft/24.38 m or less), allow  
system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes. If conditions  
are favorable, check system charge by subcooling method. If any  
adjustment is necessary, adjust charge slowly and allow system to  
operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly  
charged system.  
If the indoor temperature is above 80_F (26.67_C), and the  
outdoor temperature is in the favorable range, adjust system charge  
by weight based on line length and allow the indoor temperature to  
drop to 80_F (26.67_C) before attempting to check system charge  
by subcooling method as described above.  
LEAK IN  
3500  
SYSTEM  
3000  
2500  
2000  
VACUUM TIGHT  
TOO WET  
1500  
1000  
TIGHT  
DRY SYSTEM  
500  
If the indoor temperature is below 70_F (21.11_C), or the outdoor  
temperature is not in the favorable range, adjust charge for line set  
length above or below 15ft (4.57 m) only. Charge level should then  
be appropriate for the system to achieve rated capacity. The charge  
level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor  
and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range.  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MINUTES  
A95424  
Fig. 30 – Deep Vacuum Graph  
Triple Evacuation Method  
NOTE: If line length is beyond 80 ft (24.38 m) or greater than 20  
ft (6.10 m) vertical separation, See Long Line Guideline for  
special charging requirements.  
The triple evacuation method should be used when vacuum pump  
is only capable of pumping down to 28 in. of mercury vacuum and  
system does not contain any liquid water. Refer to Fig. 31 and  
proceed as follows:  
1. Pump system down to 28 in. of mercury and allow pump to  
continue operating for an additional 15 minutes.  
2. Close service valves and shut off vacuum pump.  
3. Connect a nitrogen cylinder and regulator to system and  
open until system pressure is 2 psig.  
4. Close service valve and allow system to stand for 1 hr.  
During this time, dry nitrogen will be able to diffuse  
throughout the system absorbing moisture.  
5. Repeat this procedure as indicated in Fig. 31. System will  
then be free of any contaminants and water vapor.  
EVACUATE  
BREAK VACUUM WITH DRY NITROGEN  
WAIT  
EVACUATE  
BREAK VACUUM WITH DRY NITROGEN  
WAIT  
EVACUATE  
CHECK FOR TIGHT, DRY SYSTEM  
(IF IT HOLDS DEEP VACUUM)  
CHARGE SYSTEM  
A95425  
Fig. 31 – Triple Evacuation Method  
33  
TROUBLESHOOTING WITH SUPERHEAT  
This troubleshooting routine was developed to diagnose cooling  
problems using superheat in TXV systems. It is effective on heat  
pumps in cooling mode as well as air conditioners. The system  
must utilize a TXV as the expansion device in cooling mode.  
Low Superheat with Normal or Low Suction Pressure  
NOTE: Normal or low suction pressure is considered for  
R--22: < 80 psig, Puron: < 135 psig  
1. Re--check airflow and then check sensing bulb tightness,  
orientation on vapor tube and is properly wrapped.  
Basic Diagnostics  
NOTE: When checking refrigerant charge and troubleshooting  
operating systems, the indoor airflow has significant effect on the  
determination. If you are at this stage, it is assumed you have  
already checked the subcooling once and believe the charge is  
correct. From this point, the airflow must be verified prior to  
proceeding, hence step 1 below.  
S
Low Superheat with Normal or Low Suction Pressure  
If OK proceed to Step 2  
2. Check superheat at Vapor Service Valve  
Evaporator Superheat.  
and  
Pseudo  
S
If both are less than 2°F, TXV likely not controlling  
properly, i.e. stuck open --> REPLACE VALVE  
If superheat is higher than 15°F, proceed to Step 3  
1. Check or verify proper indoor airflow  
S
S
S
S
Indoor air filter  
3. Perform TXV function check.  
Duct dampers and supply registers are open  
Indoor coil for debris  
S
With system running, place sensing bulb in ice bath for  
1 minute --> superheat should increase.  
2. Check subcooling at OD unit liquid service valve  
If no response, Replace Valve  
If OK proceed to Step 4  
S
S
Outdoor airflow (debris on coil, etc.)  
Set the subcooling at value listed on rating plate if  
standard lineset  
4. Check for even temperature distribution at outlet of each  
circuit of evaporator  
S
Set the subcooling at the maximum of 10°F or value  
S
If greater than 15°F between circuits, distributor or coil  
has a restriction.  
listed on rating plate if a long line application  
3. Check superheat at OD unit vapor service valve.  
S
If OK proceed to Step 5  
S
S
If low (< 2°F), proceed to Low SuperHeat section.  
Low Superheat with High Suction Pressure  
If between 2 and 20°F/11_C valve is probably operating  
NOTE: High suction pressure is considered for R--22: > 80 psig,  
Puron: > 135 psig. An application issue or other system  
component failure typically causes this condition.  
properly.  
S
If greater than 20°F/11_C, perform Pseudo Evaporator  
SuperHeat Instructions check as follows:  
5. R--22 Systems: Check that proper valve used (not an  
R--410A valve)  
Check refrigerant pressure at vapor service valve and  
refrigerant temperature at outlet of evaporator.  
S
If OK proceed to Step 6  
Use suction line geometry (diameter and equivalent  
length), unit capacity and Tables 7 and 8 to determine  
suction pressure drop.  
6. Check airflow, sensing bulb tightness, orientation on vapor  
tube and ensure bulb is properly wrapped.  
S
If OK proceed to Step 7  
S For standard lineset diameters (vapor service  
valve diameters and larger) and lengths (less than  
80 ft), generally no pressure adjustment (per  
Table 6 or Table 7) is required.  
7. Check that compressor is pumping properly  
NOTE: Loose Rules of Thumb: Is discharge saturated 20°F  
higher than ambient temperature? Is discharge superheat between  
15 and 50?  
S For longer (greater than 80 ft) and small diameter .  
linesets (less than service valve size), correct  
pressure (add to gauge pressure reading) per  
Table 6 and Table 7.  
S
If OK proceed to Step 8  
8. Recheck Airflow and Subcooling.  
If OK proceed to Replace Valve  
S
S
S
S
If Pseudo Superheat is greater than 15, proceed to High  
SuperHeat section.  
High Superheat with Normal or Low Pressure  
NOTE: Normal or low suction pressure is considered:  
R--22 < 80 psig, Puron < 135 psig.  
If Pseudo Evaporator Superheat is between 2 and 15,  
TXV appears to be functioning properly.  
9. Check for restriction in liquid line (kinked line, filter drier  
restricted, etc.)  
If operation erratic (hunting), proceed to Hunting  
Superheat °F Superheat in repetition section.  
S
If OK proceed to Step 10  
10. Check for restriction in suction line (kink, restricted suction  
filter drier etc.))  
NOTE: Hunting is when the valve superheat swings more than  
10_.  
S
If OK proceed to Step 11  
11. Check power element cap tube is not broken  
If OK proceed to Step 12  
12. Check that equalizer tube is not kinked or plugged  
If OK proceed to Step 13  
13. Check that inlet screen (R--22 systems) is not restricted  
If OK proceed to Step 14  
14. Replace Valve  
S
S
S
34  
High Superheat with Normal or High Suction Pressure  
Pseudo Evaporator Superheat Instructions  
NOTE: Normal to High suction pressure is considered  
for R--22: > 65 psig, Puron: > 110 psig. An application issue or  
other system component failure typically causes this condition.  
The Pseudo Evaporator Superheat calculates the superheat at the  
outlet of the evaporator with known and available information.  
Because there generally is not a pressure port on the vapor line at  
the indoor coil, this procedure allows the service personnel to  
evaluate the evaporator superheat with the vapor pressure port at  
the outdoor unit.  
15. Check airflow, sensing bulb tightness, orientation on vapor  
tube and ensure bulb is properly wrapped.  
S
If OK proceed to Step 16  
The method requires the following information:  
16. R--410A Systems: Make sure proper valve is used (Not  
R--22)  
S
Suction line temperature at the outlet of the evaporator  
(°F).  
S
If OK proceed to Step 17  
S
S
S
S
Suction line pressure at the outdoor unit (psig).  
Outdoor nominal unit size (btuh).  
17. Check for even temperature distribution at outlet of each  
circuit of evaporator  
Suction line equivalent line length (ft).  
S
If OK proceed to Step 18  
Suction line pressure drop from tables (Table 6 and Table  
7).  
18. Check for high evaporator load: Return Air Leaks, high  
indoor wet bulb and/or dry bulb temp, undersized system,  
etc.  
S
Pressure--Temperature relationship for refrigerant used  
(P--T Chart).  
S
If OK proceed to Step 19  
19. Check that compressor is pumping properly  
If system uses a vapor line the same size as vapor service valve  
fitting or larger AND the line set equivalent length is 80 feet or  
less, the pressure drop in vapor line of line set can be ignored.  
S
Loose Rule of Thumb: Is discharge saturated 20°F  
higher than ambient temperature? Is discharge superheat  
between 15_F and 50_F?  
1. Take suction line temperature at outlet of evaporator at  
indoor unit.  
2. Take suction service valve pressure at OD unit.  
Hunting Superheat  
NOTE: Hunting is when the valve superheat swings more than  
10°F Superheat in repetition. This is typically an application issue.  
3. Determine lineset vapor line equivalent length and tube  
diameter.  
4. Determine suction line pressure drop from Table 6 (Puron)  
or Table 7 (R--22).  
20. Check for obvious kinked or pinched distributor (capillary)  
tubes causing imbalance to the circuiting.  
S
If OK proceed to Step 21  
21. Check that proper size valve is used per Product Literature.  
If OK proceed to Step 22  
5. Calculate Pseudo Evaporator Superheat.  
S
Add the suction line pressure drop to the pressure  
reading obtained at suction service valve.  
S
22. Check airflow, sensing bulb tightness, orientation on vapor  
tube and ensure bulb is properly wrapped.  
NOTE: For nominal and larger diameter vapor lines with standard  
length linesets (vapor line same size as service valve fitting size and  
larger with equivalent length less than 80 ft) the pressure drop can  
be ignored – use vapor service valve pressure and evaporator outlet  
temperature to calculate superheat  
S
If OK proceed to Step 23  
23. Check for even temperature distribution (±5° difference) at  
outlet of each circuit of evaporator and for even air  
distribution over all evaporator slabs  
S
Determine saturated evaporator temperature from a  
refrigerant pressure temperature relationship chart (PT  
chart).  
S
If OK proceed to Step 24.  
24. Move sensing bulb further down suction line.  
S
Subtract saturated evaporator from evaporator suction  
line temperature to obtain evaporator superheat.  
S
If problem not corrected, replace valve  
90° STD  
90° LONG RAD  
45° STD  
A01058  
Fig. 32 – Tube Fitting Geometry  
Table 5—Fitting Losses in Equivalent Feet  
TUBE SIZE OD  
90° STD (A)  
90° LONG RAD (B)  
45° STD (C)  
(IN.)  
1/2  
5/8  
3/4  
7/8  
1.2  
1.6  
1.8  
2.0  
2.6  
0.8  
1.0  
1.2  
1.4  
1.7  
0.6  
0.8  
0.9  
1.0  
1.3  
1 --- 1 / 8  
35  
Table 6—Puron System Suction Pressure Drop  
Puron Suction Line Pressure Drop (psig)  
Total Equivalent Line Length (ft)  
Nominal  
Size  
(Btuh)  
Suction Line  
OD  
Pressure  
Drop  
(psi/100 ft)  
Suction  
Velocity  
fpm  
(in.)  
20  
2
1
0
3
1
0
0
2
1
0
2
1
0
3
1
1
0
1
1
0
2
1
0
50  
5
2
1
8
3
1
0
4
1
1
5
2
1
7
3
1
0
3
2
0
5
3
1
80  
8
2
1
13  
4
2
1
6
2
1
9
3
2
11  
4
2
1
6
100  
10  
3
125  
12  
4
150  
15  
5
175  
17  
5
200  
20  
6
225  
22  
7
250  
25  
8
1/2  
5/8  
3/4  
1/2  
5/8  
3/4  
7/8  
5/8  
3/4  
7/8  
5/8  
3/4  
7/8  
5/8  
3/4  
7/8  
1 1/8  
3/4  
7/8  
1 1/8  
3/4  
7/8  
1 1/8  
9.9  
3.1  
1.2  
16.7  
5.2  
2.0  
1.0  
7.8  
2.9  
1.5  
10.9  
4.1  
2.0  
14.1  
5.4  
2.7  
0.8  
6.9  
3.5  
1.0  
10.4  
5.2  
1.4  
1649  
1018  
678  
2199  
1357  
904  
18000  
18000  
18000  
1
1
2
2
2
3
3
17  
5
2
21  
7
2
25  
8
3
29  
9
3
33  
10  
4
38  
12  
4
42  
13  
5
24000  
24000  
24000  
678  
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
1696  
1130  
848  
2036  
1356  
1017  
2375  
1582  
1187  
696  
1808  
1357  
796  
2260  
1696  
995  
8
3
10  
4
12  
4
14  
5
16  
6
18  
7
20  
7
30000  
30000  
30000  
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
11  
4
14  
5
16  
6
19  
7
22  
8
24  
9
5
27  
10  
5
36000  
36000  
36000  
2
3
3
4
4
14  
5
3
18  
7
3
21  
8
4
25  
9
5
28  
11  
5
32  
12  
6
35  
14  
7
42000  
42000  
42000  
42000  
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
7
3
9
4
10  
5
12  
6
14  
7
16  
8
17  
9
48000  
48000  
48000  
3
1
8
4
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
10  
5
1
13  
6
2
16  
8
2
18  
9
3
21  
10  
3
23  
12  
3
26  
13  
4
60000  
60000  
60000  
1
Line set application not recommended  
Example 1  
NOTE: The additional superheat at the compressor is due  
principally to heat gain in the 75 feet of suction line with a minor  
contribution by the pressure drop. Because the suction line of the  
lineset was the same size as the vapor service valve fitting and less  
than 80 feet, Tom could have ignored the pressure drop in the  
suction line and obtained the evaporator superheat by using the  
vapor service valve pressure of 125 psig (saturated temperature =  
43°F) and the evaporator outlet temperature of 53°F. The  
evaporator superheat is calculated to be (53°F – 43°F =) 10 °F.  
While on a service call, after checking for proper indoor and  
outdoor airflow, Tom finds the following pressures and  
temperatures at the service valves of a Puron air conditioner:  
S
S
S
S
Liquid line pressure = 340 psig  
Liquid line temperature = 97°F  
Suction line pressure = 125 psig  
Suction line temperature = 70°F  
Using a Puron PT chart, the subcooling is determined to be 8°F,  
which is within ±3 of the 10°F listed on the rating plate. Tom  
believes the charge is correct. He calculates the superheat to be  
approximately 27°F superheat. The apparently high superheat has  
Tom concerned.  
Tom uses the Pseudo Evaporator Superheat method to check the  
TXV performance. The system is a 3--ton Puron air conditioner  
with 75 feet equivalent length of 3/4” suction line. Based on Table  
6, the system has approximately 3--psig pressure drop in the vapor  
line. Per the instructions, he takes the suction line temperature at  
the outlet of the evaporator and finds it to be 53°F. Tom adds 3  
psig to the 125--psig suction pressure at the outdoor unit to get 128  
psig evaporator pressure. The saturated pressure of 128 equates to  
44°F. Tom calculates the evaporator superheat to be (53°F -- 44°F  
=) 9°F. The TXV appears to be operating properly.  
36  
Table 7—R--22 System Suction Pressure Drop  
R---22 Suction Line Pressure Drop (psig)  
Total Equivalent Line Length (ft)  
Nominal  
Size  
(Btuh)  
Line  
OD  
(in.)  
Pressure  
Drop  
(psi/100 ft)  
Suction  
Velocity  
Fpm  
20  
3
1
0
0
1
1
0
2
1
0
1
1
0
1
1
0
2
1
0
1
0
0
50  
7
2
1
0
3
1
1
5
2
1
3
1
0
3
2
0
4
2
1
3
1
0
80  
11  
3
1
1
5
2
1
8
3
2
4
2
1
6
3
1
7
4
1
5
1
1
100  
14  
4
125  
17  
5
150  
20  
6
175  
24  
7
200  
27  
8
225  
31  
9
250  
34  
10  
4
5/8  
5/8  
3/4  
7/8  
5/8  
3/4  
7/8  
5/8  
3/4  
7/8  
3/4  
7/8  
1 1/8  
3/4  
7/8  
1 1/8  
3/4  
7/8  
1 1/8  
7/8  
13.6  
4.0  
1.5  
0.8  
6.7  
2.5  
1.3  
10.1  
3.8  
1.9  
5.3  
2.6  
0.7  
7.0  
3.5  
1.0  
8.9  
4.4  
1.2  
6.7  
1.8  
0.7  
2563  
1539  
1025  
769  
2052  
1367  
1026  
2565  
1708  
1282  
2050  
1538  
902  
2392  
1795  
1053  
2733  
2051  
1203  
2564  
1504  
987  
18000  
18000  
18000  
18000  
1
2
2
3
3
3
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
7
3
8
3
10  
4
12  
4
13  
5
15  
6
17  
6
24000  
24000  
24000  
1
2
2
2
3
3
3
10  
4
13  
5
15  
6
18  
7
20  
8
23  
9
25  
9
30000  
30000  
30000  
2
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
3
7
3
8
4
9
5
11  
5
12  
6
13  
7
36000  
36000  
36000  
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
7
3
9
4
10  
5
12  
6
14  
7
16  
8
17  
9
42000  
42000  
42000  
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
9
4
11  
6
13  
7
16  
8
18  
9
20  
10  
3
22  
11  
3
48000  
48000  
48000  
1
2
2
2
2
7
2
8
2
10  
3
12  
3
13  
4
15  
4
17  
5
60000  
60000  
60000  
1 1/8  
1 3/8  
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
Line set application not recommended  
Example 2  
Examining the lineset, Jason finds approximately 145 ft of suction  
line with 4 long radius elbows. Per Fig. 33 and Table 7, each  
fitting has an equivalent length of 1.4 ft. The total equivalent  
length of the suction line is (145’ + (4 * 1.4’) ) 150 ft. Based on  
Table 9, Jason determines there should be 10--psig pressure--drop  
in the suction line.  
Jason is servicing a 5--ton R--22 air conditioner with 7/8” suction  
line. As part of his basic inspection he believes he has normal  
airflow because the air filters are clean, ductwork appears to be  
properly sized and in good shape and the evaporator coil is clean.  
He then checks the superheat and subcooling at the outdoor unit  
service valves. Taking pressures and temperatures he finds the  
following:  
Jason now takes the suction line temperature at the outlet of the  
evaporator and obtains 51°F. Per the instructions, Jason adds the  
10--psig pressure--drop to the 60--psig pressure at the outdoor unit  
to get 70--psig at the evaporator. Saturated pressure of 70--psig  
equates to approximately 41°F. Jason determines the Evaporator  
superheat to be (51°F -- 41°F =) 10°F. Jason concludes the TXV is  
functioning properly.  
S
S
S
S
Liquid line pressure = 260 psig  
Liquid line temperature = 110°F  
Suction line pressure = 60 psig  
Suction line temperature = 65°F  
NOTE: In this situation, both the pressure drop and the heat gain  
in the suction line are significant contributions to the superheat at  
the service valve. The pressure drop contributes approximately  
7°F superheat and the heat gain in the suction line contributes  
13°F.  
Using an R--22 PT relationship, Jason calculates the subcooling to  
be approximately 10°F with 30°F superheat. Because the  
subcooling is correct but the superheat appears to be high, he is  
concerned and decides to perform the Pseudo Evaporator  
Superheat check.  
Fig. 33 – Pseudo Evaporator Superheat Pressure and Temperature Measurement Locations  
37  
Table 8—Puronr Refrigerant Pressure Temperature Chart  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
PPSSIIGG  
12  
14  
16  
18  
20  
22  
24  
26  
28  
30  
32  
34  
36  
38  
40  
42  
44  
46  
48  
50  
52  
54  
56  
58  
60  
62  
64  
66  
68  
70  
72  
74  
76  
78  
80  
82  
84  
86  
88  
90  
92  
94  
96  
98  
100  
102  
104  
106  
108  
110  
112  
114  
116  
PSIG  
118  
120  
122  
124  
126  
128  
130  
132  
134  
136  
138  
140  
142  
144  
146  
148  
150  
152  
154  
156  
158  
160  
162  
164  
166  
168  
170  
172  
174  
176  
178  
180  
182  
184  
186  
188  
190  
192  
194  
196  
198  
200  
202  
204  
206  
208  
210  
212  
214  
216  
218  
220  
222  
PSIG  
224  
226  
228  
230  
232  
234  
236  
238  
240  
242  
244  
246  
248  
250  
252  
254  
256  
258  
260  
262  
264  
266  
268  
270  
272  
274  
276  
278  
280  
282  
284  
286  
288  
290  
292  
294  
296  
298  
300  
302  
304  
306  
308  
310  
312  
314  
316  
318  
320  
322  
324  
326  
328  
PSIG  
330  
332  
334  
336  
338  
340  
342  
344  
346  
348  
350  
352  
354  
356  
358  
360  
362  
364  
366  
368  
370  
372  
374  
376  
378  
380  
382  
384  
386  
388  
390  
392  
394  
396  
398  
400  
402  
404  
406  
408  
410  
412  
414  
416  
418  
420  
422  
424  
426  
428  
430  
432  
434  
PSIG  
436  
438  
440  
442  
444  
446  
448  
450  
452  
454  
456  
458  
460  
462  
464  
466  
468  
470  
472  
474  
476  
478  
480  
482  
484  
486  
488  
490  
492  
494  
496  
498  
500  
502  
504  
506  
508  
510  
512  
514  
516  
518  
520  
522  
524  
526  
528  
530  
532  
534  
536  
538  
540  
PSIG  
--38.2  
--35.3  
--32.5  
--29.9  
--27.3  
--24.9  
--22.6  
--20.4  
--18.3  
--16.2  
--14.2  
--12.3  
--10.4  
--8.6  
--6.9  
--5.1  
--3.5  
--1.9  
--0.3  
1.3  
39.9  
40.8  
41.6  
42.5  
43.3  
44.2  
45.0  
45.8  
46.6  
47.5  
48.2  
49.0  
49.8  
50.6  
51.4  
52.1  
52.9  
53.6  
54.4  
55.1  
55.8  
56.5  
57.3  
58.0  
58.7  
59.4  
60.1  
60.7  
61.4  
62.1  
62.8  
63.4  
64.1  
64.7  
65.4  
66.0  
66.7  
67.3  
67.9  
68.6  
69.2  
69.8  
70.4  
71.0  
71.6  
72.2  
72.8  
73.4  
74.0  
74.6  
75.1  
75.7  
76.3  
76.9  
77.4  
78.0  
78.5  
79.1  
79.7  
80.2  
80.7  
81.3  
81.8  
82.4  
82.9  
83.4  
83.9  
84.5  
85.0  
85.5  
86.0  
86.5  
87.0  
87.5  
88.0  
88.5  
89.0  
89.5  
90.0  
90.5  
91.0  
91.5  
92.0  
92.4  
92.9  
93.4  
93.9  
94.3  
94.8  
95.3  
95.7  
96.2  
96.7  
97.1  
97.6  
98.0  
98.5  
98.9  
99.4  
99.8  
100.2  
100.7  
101.1  
101.6  
102.0  
102.4  
102.9  
103.3  
103.7  
104.1  
104.6  
105.0  
105.4  
105.8  
106.2  
106.6  
107.0  
107.5  
107.9  
108.3  
108.7  
109.1  
109.5  
109.9  
110.3  
110.7  
111.1  
111.5  
111.9  
112.2  
112.6  
113.0  
113.4  
113.8  
114.2  
114.6  
114.9  
115.3  
115.7  
116.1  
116.4  
116.8  
117.2  
117.5  
117.9  
118.3  
118.6  
119.0  
119.4  
119.7  
120.1  
120.5  
120.8  
121.2  
121.5  
121.9  
122.2  
122.6  
122.9  
123.3  
123.6  
124.0  
124.3  
124.7  
125.0  
125.3  
125.7  
126.0  
126.4  
126.7  
127.0  
127.4  
127.7  
128.0  
128.4  
128.7  
129.0  
129.4  
129.7  
130.0  
130.3  
130.7  
131.0  
131.3  
131.6  
131.9  
132.3  
132.6  
132.9  
133.2  
133.5  
133.8  
134.1  
134.5  
134.8  
135.1  
135.4  
135.7  
136.0  
136.3  
136.6  
136.9  
137.2  
137.5  
137.8  
138.1  
138.4  
138.7  
139.0  
139.3  
139.6  
139.9  
542 140.2  
544 140.5  
546 140.8  
548 141.1  
550 141.4  
554 141.9  
558 142.5  
560 142.8  
564 143.4  
568 143.9  
570 144.2  
574 144.8  
578 145.3  
580 145.6  
584 146.2  
588 146.7  
590 147.0  
594 147.5  
598 148.1  
600 148.4  
604 148.9  
606 149.2  
608 149.4  
610 151.3  
612 150.0  
614 150.2  
616 150.5  
618 150.7  
620 151.0  
624 151.5  
626 151.8  
628 152.1  
630 152.3  
634 152.8  
636 153.1  
638 153.3  
640 153.6  
644 154.1  
646 154.3  
648 154.6  
650 154.8  
654 161.8  
656 155.6  
658 155.8  
660 158.3  
664 156.6  
666 156.8  
668 157.1  
670 157.3  
674 157.7  
676 158.0  
Critical Point  
705 163.0  
2.8  
4.2  
5.7  
7.1  
8.5  
9.8  
11.1  
12.4  
13.7  
15.0  
16.2  
17.4  
18.6  
19.8  
20.9  
22.0  
23.2  
24.3  
25.3  
26.4  
27.4  
28.5  
29.5  
30.5  
31.5  
32.5  
33.4  
34.4  
35.3  
36.3  
37.2  
38.1  
39.0  
Source: Allied Signal -- Genetron for Windows version R1.0 © 1999  
38  
Table 9—R--22 Refrigerant Pressure Temperature Relationship  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
°F  
psig  
7
8
psig  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
95  
96  
97  
98  
psig  
135  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
167  
168  
169  
170  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
psig  
199  
200  
201  
202  
203  
204  
205  
206  
207  
208  
209  
210  
211  
212  
213  
214  
215  
216  
217  
218  
219  
220  
221  
222  
223  
224  
225  
226  
227  
228  
229  
230  
231  
232  
233  
234  
235  
236  
237  
238  
239  
240  
241  
242  
243  
244  
245  
246  
247  
248  
249  
250  
251  
252  
253  
254  
255  
256  
257  
258  
259  
260  
261  
262  
psig  
263  
264  
265  
266  
267  
268  
269  
270  
271  
272  
273  
274  
275  
276  
277  
278  
279  
280  
281  
282  
283  
284  
285  
286  
287  
288  
289  
290  
291  
292  
293  
294  
295  
296  
297  
298  
299  
300  
301  
302  
303  
304  
305  
306  
307  
308  
309  
310  
311  
312  
313  
314  
315  
316  
317  
318  
319  
320  
321  
322  
323  
324  
325  
326  
psig  
327  
328  
329  
330  
331  
332  
333  
334  
335  
336  
337  
338  
339  
340  
341  
342  
343  
344  
345  
346  
347  
348  
349  
350  
351  
352  
353  
354  
355  
356  
357  
358  
359  
360  
361  
362  
363  
364  
365  
366  
367  
368  
369  
370  
371  
372  
373  
374  
375  
376  
377  
378  
379  
380  
381  
382  
383  
384  
385  
386  
387  
388  
389  
390  
psig  
391  
392  
393  
394  
395  
396  
397  
398  
399  
400  
401  
402  
403  
404  
405  
406  
407  
408  
409  
410  
411  
412  
413  
414  
415  
416  
417  
418  
419  
420  
421  
422  
423  
424  
425  
426  
427  
428  
429  
430  
431  
432  
433  
434  
435  
436  
437  
438  
439  
440  
441  
442  
443  
444  
445  
446  
447  
448  
449  
450  
--25.9  
--24.0  
--22.1  
--20.4  
--18.7  
--17.0  
--15.4  
--13.8  
--12.3  
--10.8  
--9.3  
--7.9  
--6.5  
--5.2  
--3.9  
--2.6  
--1.3  
0.0  
1.2  
2.4  
3.6  
4.7  
5.8  
6.9  
8.0  
9.1  
10.2  
11.2  
12.2  
13.2  
14.2  
15.2  
16.2  
17.1  
18.1  
19.0  
19.9  
20.8  
21.7  
22.6  
23.5  
24.3  
25.2  
26.0  
26.8  
27.6  
28.4  
29.2  
30.0  
30.8  
31.6  
32.4  
33.1  
33.9  
34.6  
35.4  
36.1  
36.8  
37.5  
38.2  
38.9  
39.6  
40.3  
41.0  
41.7  
42.3  
43.0  
43.7  
44.3  
45.0  
45.6  
46.2  
46.9  
47.5  
48.1  
48.7  
49.4  
50.0  
50.6  
51.2  
51.8  
52.4  
52.9  
53.5  
54.1  
54.7  
55.2  
55.8  
56.4  
56.9  
57.5  
58.0  
58.6  
59.1  
59.7  
60.2  
60.7  
61.3  
61.8  
62.3  
62.8  
63.3  
63.9  
64.4  
64.9  
65.4  
65.9  
66.4  
66.9  
67.4  
67.9  
68.4  
68.8  
69.3  
69.8  
70.3  
70.7  
71.2  
71.7  
72.2  
72.6  
73.1  
73.5  
74.0  
74.5  
74.9  
75.4  
75.8  
76.2  
76.7  
77.1  
77.6  
78.0  
78.4  
78.9  
79.3  
79.7  
80.2  
80.6  
81.0  
81.4  
81.8  
82.3  
82.7  
83.1  
83.5  
83.9  
84.3  
84.7  
85.1  
85.5  
85.9  
86.3  
86.7  
87.1  
87.5  
87.9  
88.3  
88.7  
89.1  
89.5  
89.9  
90.2  
90.6  
91.0  
91.4  
91.8  
92.1  
92.5  
92.9  
93.2  
93.6  
94.0  
94.3  
94.7  
95.1  
95.4  
95.8  
96.2  
96.5  
96.9  
97.2  
97.6  
97.9  
98.3  
98.6  
99.0  
99.3  
99.7  
100.0  
100.4  
100.7  
101.1  
101.4  
101.7  
102.1  
102.4  
102.8  
103.1  
103.4  
103.8  
104.1  
104.4  
104.8  
105.1  
105.4  
105.7  
106.1  
106.4  
106.7  
107.0  
107.4  
107.7  
108.0  
108.3  
108.6  
108.9  
109.3  
109.6  
109.9  
110.2  
110.5  
110.8  
111.1  
111.4  
111.8  
112.1  
112.4  
112.7  
113.0  
113.3  
113.6  
113.9  
114.2  
114.5  
114.8  
115.1  
115.4  
115.7  
116.0  
116.3  
116.6  
116.8  
117.1  
117.4  
117.7  
118.0  
118.3  
118.6  
118.9  
119.2  
119.4  
119.7  
120.0  
120.3  
120.6  
120.9  
121.1  
121.4  
121.7  
122.0  
122.3  
122.5  
122.8  
123.1  
123.4  
123.6  
123.9  
124.2  
124.5  
124.7  
125.0  
125.3  
125.5  
125.8  
126.1  
126.4  
126.6  
126.9  
127.2  
127.4  
127.7  
127.9  
128.2  
128.5  
128.7  
129.0  
129.3  
129.5  
129.8  
130.0  
130.3  
130.6  
130.8  
131.1  
131.3  
131.6  
131.8  
132.1  
132.3  
132.6  
132.8  
133.1  
133.3  
133.6  
133.8  
134.1  
134.3  
134.6  
134.8  
135.1  
135.3  
135.6  
135.8  
136.1  
136.3  
136.6  
136.8  
137.0  
137.3  
137.5  
137.8  
138.0  
138.2  
138.5  
138.7  
139.0  
139.2  
139.4  
139.7  
139.9  
140.2  
140.4  
140.6  
140.9  
141.1  
141.3  
141.6  
141.8  
142.0  
142.3  
142.5  
142.7  
142.9  
143.2  
143.4  
143.6  
143.9  
144.1  
144.3  
144.5  
144.8  
145.0  
145.2  
145.4  
145.7  
145.9  
146.1  
146.3  
146.6  
146.8  
147.0  
147.2  
147.5  
147.7  
147.9  
148.1  
148.3  
148.6  
148.8  
149.0  
149.2  
149.4  
149.6  
149.9  
150.1  
150.3  
150.5  
150.7  
150.9  
151.1  
151.4  
151.6  
151.8  
152.0  
152.2  
152.4  
152.6  
152.8  
153.1  
153.3  
153.5  
153.7  
153.9  
154.1  
154.3  
154.5  
154.7  
154.9  
155.1  
155.3  
155.6  
155.8  
156.0  
156.2  
156.4  
156.6  
156.8  
157.0  
157.2  
157.4  
157.6  
157.8  
158.0  
158.2  
158.4  
158.6  
158.8  
159.0  
159.2  
159.4  
159.6  
159.8  
160.0  
160.2  
160.4  
160.6  
160.8  
161.0  
161.2  
161.4  
161.6  
161.8  
162.0  
162.2  
162.3  
162.5  
162.7  
162.9  
163.1  
163.3  
163.5  
163.7  
163.9  
9
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
99  
100  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
134  
Critical  
709  
205.1  
39  
Table 10—Puron Subcooling Chart  
Liquid Line Temperature (_F)  
Subcooling (_F)  
Liq Press  
(psig)  
P --- T  
(_F)  
2
68  
4
66  
6
64  
8
62  
10  
60  
12  
58  
14  
56  
16  
54  
18  
52  
20  
50  
200  
210  
220  
230  
240  
250  
260  
270  
280  
290  
300  
310  
320  
330  
340  
350  
360  
370  
380  
390  
400  
410  
420  
430  
440  
450  
460  
470  
480  
490  
500  
510  
520  
530  
540  
550  
560  
570  
580  
590  
600  
610  
70  
73  
71  
74  
69  
72  
67  
70  
65  
68  
63  
66  
61  
64  
59  
62  
57  
60  
55  
58  
53  
56  
76  
79  
77  
75  
73  
71  
69  
67  
65  
63  
61  
59  
82  
80  
78  
76  
74  
72  
70  
68  
66  
64  
62  
84  
82  
80  
78  
76  
74  
72  
70  
68  
66  
64  
87  
85  
83  
81  
79  
77  
75  
73  
71  
69  
67  
89  
87  
85  
83  
81  
79  
77  
75  
73  
71  
69  
92  
90  
88  
86  
84  
82  
80  
78  
76  
74  
72  
94  
92  
90  
88  
86  
84  
82  
80  
78  
76  
74  
96  
94  
92  
90  
88  
86  
84  
82  
80  
78  
76  
99  
97  
95  
93  
91  
89  
87  
85  
83  
81  
79  
101  
103  
105  
107  
109  
111  
113  
115  
117  
119  
121  
122  
124  
126  
127  
129  
131  
132  
134  
135  
137  
139  
140  
141  
143  
144  
146  
147  
149  
150  
99  
97  
95  
93  
91  
89  
87  
85  
83  
81  
101  
103  
105  
107  
109  
111  
113  
115  
117  
119  
120  
122  
124  
125  
127  
129  
130  
132  
133  
135  
137  
138  
139  
141  
142  
144  
145  
147  
148  
99  
97  
95  
93  
91  
89  
87  
85  
83  
101  
103  
105  
107  
109  
111  
113  
115  
117  
118  
120  
122  
123  
125  
127  
128  
130  
131  
133  
135  
136  
137  
139  
140  
142  
143  
145  
146  
99  
97  
95  
93  
91  
89  
87  
85  
101  
103  
105  
107  
109  
111  
113  
115  
116  
118  
120  
121  
123  
125  
126  
128  
129  
131  
133  
134  
135  
137  
138  
140  
141  
143  
144  
99  
97  
95  
93  
91  
89  
87  
101  
103  
105  
107  
109  
111  
113  
114  
116  
118  
119  
121  
123  
124  
126  
127  
129  
131  
132  
133  
135  
136  
138  
139  
141  
142  
99  
97  
95  
93  
91  
89  
101  
103  
105  
107  
109  
111  
112  
114  
116  
117  
119  
121  
122  
124  
125  
127  
129  
130  
131  
133  
134  
136  
137  
139  
140  
99  
97  
95  
93  
91  
101  
103  
105  
107  
109  
110  
112  
114  
115  
117  
119  
120  
122  
123  
125  
127  
128  
129  
131  
132  
134  
135  
137  
138  
99  
97  
95  
93  
101  
103  
105  
107  
108  
110  
112  
113  
115  
117  
118  
120  
121  
123  
125  
126  
127  
129  
130  
132  
133  
135  
136  
99  
97  
95  
101  
103  
105  
106  
108  
110  
111  
113  
115  
116  
118  
119  
121  
123  
124  
125  
127  
128  
130  
131  
133  
134  
99  
97  
101  
103  
104  
106  
108  
109  
111  
113  
114  
116  
117  
119  
121  
122  
123  
125  
126  
128  
129  
131  
132  
99  
101  
102  
104  
106  
107  
109  
111  
112  
114  
115  
117  
119  
120  
121  
123  
124  
126  
127  
129  
130  
40  
Table 11—Puron Superheat Chart  
Vapor Line Temperature (°F)  
Superheat (°F)  
Vap Press P--T  
(°F)  
(psig)  
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30  
80  
82  
84  
86  
88  
90  
92  
94  
96  
21  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
29  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
35  
35  
36  
37  
38  
39  
40  
41  
42  
43  
44  
44  
45  
46  
47  
48  
48  
49  
50  
51  
52  
52  
53  
54  
55  
55  
56  
57  
58  
23 25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51  
24 26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52  
25 27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53  
26 28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54  
27 29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55  
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56  
29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57  
31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59  
32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60  
33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61  
34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62  
35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63  
36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64  
37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65  
37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65  
38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66  
39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67  
40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68  
41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69  
42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70  
43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71  
44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72  
45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73  
46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74  
46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74  
47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75  
48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76  
49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77  
50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78  
50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78  
51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79  
52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80  
53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81  
54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82  
54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82  
55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83  
56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84  
57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85  
57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85  
58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86  
59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85 87  
60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84 86 88  
98  
100  
102  
104  
106  
108  
110  
112  
114  
116  
118  
120  
122  
124  
126  
128  
130  
132  
134  
136  
138  
140  
142  
144  
146  
148  
150  
152  
154  
156  
158  
160  
162  
41  
Table 12—R--22 Subcooling Chart  
R---22 Liquid Line Temperature (_F)  
Subcooling (_F)  
Liquid  
Pres  
PT (°F)  
(psig)  
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26  
120  
125  
130  
135  
140  
145  
150  
155  
160  
165  
170  
175  
180  
185  
190  
195  
200  
205  
210  
215  
220  
225  
230  
235  
240  
245  
250  
255  
260  
265  
270  
275  
280  
285  
290  
295  
300  
305  
310  
315  
320  
325  
330  
70  
72  
74  
76  
79  
81  
83  
85  
87  
89  
91  
93  
95  
96  
98  
100  
102  
103  
105  
107  
108  
110  
111  
113  
114  
116  
117  
119  
120  
121  
123  
124  
126  
127  
128  
129  
131  
132  
133  
135  
136  
137  
138  
68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46 44  
70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48 46  
72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50 48  
74 72 70 68 66 64 62 60 58 56 54 52 50  
77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57 55 53  
79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57 55  
81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59 57  
83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61 59  
85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63 61  
87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65 63  
89 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67 65  
91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69 67  
93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77 75 73 71 69  
94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72 70  
96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74 72  
98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76 74  
100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82 80 78 76  
101 99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79 77  
103 101 99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81 79  
105 103 101 99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85 83 81  
106 104 102 100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84 82  
108 106 104 102 100 98 96 94 92 90 88 86 84  
109 107 105 103 101 99 97 95 93 91 89 87 85  
111 109 107 105 103 101 99 97 95 93 91 89 87  
112 110 108 106 104 102 100 98 96 94 92 90 88  
114 112 110 108 106 104 102 100 98 96 94 92 90  
115 113 111 109 107 105 103 101 99 97 95 93 91  
117 115 113 111 109 107 105 103 101 99 97 95 93  
118 116 114 112 110 108 106 104 102 100 98 96 94  
119 117 115 113 111 109 107 105 103 101 99 97 95  
121 119 117 115 113 111 109 107 105 103 101 99 97  
122 120 118 116 114 112 110 108 106 104 102 100 98  
124 122 120 118 116 114 112 110 108 106 104 102 100  
125 123 121 119 117 115 113 111 109 107 105 103 101  
126 124 122 120 118 116 114 112 110 108 106 104 102  
127 125 123 121 119 117 115 113 111 109 107 105 103  
129 127 125 123 121 119 117 115 113 111 109 107 105  
130 128 126 124 122 120 118 116 114 112 110 108 106  
131 129 127 125 123 121 119 117 115 113 111 109 107  
133 131 129 127 125 123 121 119 117 115 113 111 109  
134 132 130 128 126 124 122 120 118 116 114 112 110  
135 133 131 129 127 125 123 121 119 117 115 113 111  
136 134 132 130 128 126 124 122 120 118 116 114 112  
42  
Table 13—R--22 Superheat Chart  
R---22 Vapor Line Temperature (_F)  
Superheat (_F)  
Vapor  
Press  
(psig)  
PT (°F)  
2
4
6
8
10 12 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 30  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
60  
61  
62  
63  
64  
65  
66  
67  
68  
69  
70  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
77  
78  
79  
80  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
90  
91  
92  
26  
27  
28  
28  
29  
30  
31  
32  
32  
33  
34  
35  
35  
36  
37  
38  
38  
39  
40  
40  
41  
42  
42  
43  
44  
44  
45  
46  
46  
47  
48  
48  
49  
50  
50  
51  
51  
52  
53  
53  
54  
54  
55  
28 30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56  
29 31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57  
30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58  
30 32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58  
31 33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59  
32 34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60  
33 35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61  
34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62  
34 36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62  
35 37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63  
36 38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64  
37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65  
37 39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65  
38 40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66  
39 41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67  
40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68  
40 42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68  
41 43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69  
42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70  
42 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70  
43 45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71  
44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72  
44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72  
45 47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73  
46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74  
46 48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74  
47 49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75  
48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76  
48 50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76  
49 51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77  
50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78  
50 52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78  
51 53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79  
52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80  
52 54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80  
53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81  
53 55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81  
54 56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82  
55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83  
55 57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83  
56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84  
56 58 60 62 64 66 68 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 84  
57 59 61 63 65 67 69 71 73 75 77 79 81 83 85  
43  
TWO--STAGE  
(286ANA, 288ANA, 180ANA, 187ANA)  
Application Guidelines  
Model Plug  
Bryant designed and tested the two--stage air conditioner and heat  
pump products with Puron refrigerant to operate at a minimum  
outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode at 55_F without low  
ambient cooling enabled and the maximum outdoor operating  
Each control board contains a model plug. The correct model plug  
must be installed in order for the system to operate properly. (See  
Table 14.)  
The model plug is used to identify the type and size of unit to the  
control. On 286A models, the model plug is also used to determine  
the start sequence timing for each individual model.  
ambient in cooling is 125_F/51.6_C.  
On Evolution  
communicating systems, only low ambient cooling is available to  
0_F/--17.8_C.  
The maximum outdoor operating ambient in heating mode is  
66_F/18.8_C on all heat pumps. Continuous operation in heating  
mode is approved to --30_F/--34.4_C. Thermostat options for the  
two stage units are as follows:  
On new units, the model and serial numbers are inputted into the  
board’s memory at the factory. If a model plug is lost or missing at  
initial installation, the unit will operate according to the  
information input at the factory and the appropriate error code will  
flash temporarily. An RCD replacement board contains no model  
and serial information. If the factory control board fails, the model  
plug must be transferred from the original board to the replacement  
board for the unit to operate.  
S
Bristol reciprocating two stage units can utilize either a  
two stage thermostat or an Evolution communicating  
User Interface.  
NOTE: The model plug takes priority over factory model  
information input at the factory. If the model plug is removed after  
initial power up, the unit will operate according to the last valid  
model plug installed, and flash the appropriate fault code  
temporarily.  
S
Copeland scroll two stage units must use the Evolution  
communicating User Interface.  
288A Copeland scroll units require Evolution communicating User  
Interface (UI) to achieve the needed airflow for comfort and  
efficiency in both low and high stage. The Copeland scroll two  
stage compressor unloads to 67% of full compressor capacity  
verses the Bristol reciprocating two stage compressor that decreases  
to about 50% of full capacity.  
Table 14—Model Plug Information  
PIN RESISTANCE  
MODEL  
PLUG  
( K --- o h m s )  
MODEL  
NUMBER  
Indoor units for the two stage require variable speed indoor blower  
capabilities. Only unit combinations listed in the two stage  
Product Data are recommended. Product Data may also include  
coil only ratings but a variable speed blower is required to achieve  
comfort and efficiency.  
NUMBER  
P i n s 1 --- 4  
P i n s 2 --- 3  
286ANA024  
286ANA036  
286ANA048  
286ANA060  
HK70EZ002  
HK70EZ004  
HK70EZ006  
HK70EZ008  
5.1  
5.1  
5.1  
5.1  
18  
33  
51  
75  
Non--communicating indoor units with properly matched airflow  
are available for the 286A/187ANA models and are listed in the  
Product Data. There are no non--communicating indoor units  
available with the proper airflow for the 288ANA/180ANA units.  
For this reason, a User Interface (Evolution Control) and Evolution  
indoor unit is required with the Copeland UltraTech unit  
(288ANA/180ANA).  
288ANA024  
288ANA036  
288ANA048  
288ANA060  
HK70EZ010  
HK70EZ012  
HK70EZ014  
HK70EZ016  
5.1  
5.1  
5.1  
11  
120  
180  
270  
5.1  
286A/187ANA Bristol Compressor units may use a standard  
2--stage thermostat, or for full utilization of features, the Evolution  
zoned or non--zoned control.  
Line sets for two stage units are similar to the single stage units.  
However, some restrictions may apply to specific combinations in  
long line applications. Refer to the Long Line Guideline for further  
information.  
180ANA024  
180ANA036  
180ANA048  
180ANA060  
HK70EZ009  
HK70EZ011  
HK70EZ013  
HK70EZ015  
5.1  
91  
5.1  
5.1  
5.1  
150  
220  
360  
187ANA024  
187ANA036  
187ANA048  
187ANA060  
HK70EZ001  
HK70EZ003  
HK70EZ006  
HK70EZ007  
5.1  
5.1  
5.1  
5.1  
11  
24  
39  
62  
The Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) requires that electric strip  
heat have a lockout feature. This is achieved through Bryant  
thermostats required per above and must be used on all TVA  
approved units.  
The new control board in the two stage units with Puron refrigerant  
has dip switches for defrost timing. The Evolution controls  
provide these two stage units with high stage latching and Hybrid  
Heatt (dual fuel) capabilities. The standard Hybrid Heatt (duel  
fuel) thermostat can be used on two stage units with Bristol  
reciprocating compressors only.  
44  
Airflow Selections for 187ANA / 286ANA /  
180ANA024,36,48 / 180ANA060 /  
288ANA024,36,48, 60 Using Non--Communicating  
(Non--Evolution) Thermostats  
S
Low pressure switch is ignored for first 3 minutes during  
low ambient start up. After 3 minutes, if LPS trips, then  
outdoor fan motor is turned off for 10 minutes, with the  
compressor running. If LPS closes within 10 minutes  
then cooling continues with the outdoor fan cycling per  
the coil temperature routine listed above for the  
remainder of the cooling cycle. If the LPS does not close  
within 10 minutes, then the normal LPS trip response  
(shut down cooling operation and generate LPS trip  
error) will occur.  
Airflow Selection for 315AAV/355AAV Furnaces  
The 315AAV/355AAV variable--speed furnaces provide high--and  
low--stage blower operation to match the capacities of the  
compressor at high and low stages. To select the recommended  
airflow and for adjustments to the manual switches labeled SW1--5,  
AC, and CF on the control board, refer to the furnace Installation  
Instructions. The 315AAV/355AAV utilizes a control center that  
allows the installing technician to select the proper airflows. The  
HP switch determines the airflow during high--stage compressor  
operation. Airflow for high-- and low--stage can be calculated at  
either 350 CFM per ton or 400 CFM per ton, based on the  
positions of SW1--5.  
For 180ANA/288ANA models, the PWM output for both high and  
low stage equals the value for low stage operation below 104_F.  
Defrost  
This control offers 5 possible defrost interval times: 30, 60, 90, 120  
minutes, or AUTO.  
With non--communicating thermostats, these are selected by dip  
switches on the unit control board.  
thermostats, the Evolution Control User Interface. The Evolution  
Control selection overrides the control board dip switch settings.  
With communicating  
When using communicating (Evolution) control, dipswitch  
adjustments are not necessary on furnaces.  
determined by Evolution Control setup.  
Airflows are  
AUTO defrost adjusts the defrost interval time based on the last  
defrost time as follows:  
Airflow Selection for FV4 Fan Coils for 180ANA,  
187ANA, 286A, 288A Using Non--Communicating  
(Non--Evolution) Thermostats  
The FV4 provides high-- and low--stage blower operation to match  
the capacities of compressor at high-- and low--stage. To select  
recommended airflow, refer to FV4 Installation Instructions. The  
FV4 utilizes an Easy Select control board that allows the installing  
technician to select proper airflows. For adjustments to control  
board, select appropriate HP SIZE and CFM ADJUST setting. This  
fan coil has an adjustable blower off delay factory set at 90 sec for  
high-- and low--stage blower operation.  
For other combinations of equipment consult Product Data Digest.  
GENERAL INFORMATION  
Low Ambient Cooling  
When this unit is operating below 55_F outdoor temperature,  
provisions must be made for low ambient operation.  
S
S
S
S
When defrost time <3 minutes, the next defrost  
interval=120 minutes.  
When defrost time 3--5 minutes, the next defrost  
interval=90 minutes.  
When defrost time 5--7 minutes, the next defrost  
interval=60 minutes.  
When defrost time >7 minutes, the next defrost  
interval=30 minutes.  
The control board accumulates compressor run time. As the  
accumulated run time approaches the selected defrost interval time,  
the control board monitors the coil temperature sensor for a defrost  
demand. If a defrost demand exists, a defrost cycle will be initiated  
at the end of the selected time interval. A defrost demand exists  
when the coil temperature is at or below 32_F for 4 minutes during  
the interval.  
The defrost cycle is terminated when the coil temperature reaches  
65_F or 10 minutes has passed.  
Evolution controlled low ambient cooling:  
This unit is capable of low ambient cooling without a kit ONLY  
when using Evolution control. A low ambient kit is not required,  
and the outdoor fan motor does not need to be replaced for  
Evolution controlled low ambient operation. The Evolution  
Control provides an automatic evaporator coil freeze protection  
algorithm that eliminates the need for an evaporator freeze  
thermostat. Low ambient cooling must be enabled in the User  
Interface set up. Fan may not begin to cycle until about 40_F  
OAT. Fan will cycle based on coil and outdoor air temperature.  
On 286A models, defrost will occur in low-- or high--stage as  
demanded by the thermostat or User Interface regardless of OAT  
On 288A models, when OAT is >25_F (--3.9_C), defrost will occur  
in low-- or high--stage as demanded by the thermostat or User  
Interface.  
On 288A models, if OAT is 25_F (--3.9_C), defrost will occur in  
high--stage only, regardless of thermostat or User Interface demand,  
and will terminate at 50_F (10_C) coil temperature with a  
minimum of 2.5 minutes in defrost.  
Evolution controlled low ambient mode operates as follows:  
If the coil temperature does not reach 32_F (0_C) within the  
interval, the interval timer will be reset and start over.  
S
Fan is OFF when outdoor coil temp is < (outdoor air  
temperature + 3_F) or outdoor fan has been ON for 30  
minutes. (Fan is turned off to allow refrigerant system to  
stabilize.)  
S
Upon initial power up the first defrost interval is  
defaulted to 30 minutes. Remaining intervals are at  
selected times.  
S
Fan is ON when outdoor coil temp > (outdoor air  
temperature + 25_F) or outdoor coil temp > 80_F or if  
outdoor fan has been OFF for 30 minutes. (Fan is turned  
on to allow refrigerant system to stabilize.)  
S
Defrost is only allowed to occur below 50_F (10_C)  
outdoor ambient temperature.  
The outdoor fan output (ODF) will remain off for 20 seconds after  
termination. This delay will allow time for the system to capture  
the heat from the outdoor coil and reduce the “steam cloud” effect  
that may occur on transition from defrost to the heating cycle. The  
outdoor fan output OFF delay of 20 seconds may be defeated to  
enable the fan to energize immediately at the time of termination  
and 12 seconds prior to the reversing valve de--energizing, through  
the User Interface setup screen available with SYSTXBBUID01--C  
UI, or forced defrost pins as follows:  
45  
off mode, to prevent refrigerant migration into the unit through the  
liquid--line.  
On Models with Accessory Liquid Solenoid Using a  
Non--Communicating Thermostat:  
S
The ODF fan delay defeat can be toggled by shorting the  
forced defrost pins for >15 seconds while in the standby  
mode (status LED on solid). The LED will start to flash  
when the toggle has taken place.  
The liquid solenoid is connect to the Y1 and C terminal  
connections. The liquid solenoid closes, in the compressor off  
mode, to prevent refrigerant migration into the unit through the  
liquid--line.  
S
S
Status code 4 shows the fan delay defeat is active (no  
delay)  
Status code 3 shows that it is not active (20 second  
delay)  
CHECK CHARGE  
The code will continue to be displayed until after the short is  
removed. Once the short is removed, there is a 5 second wait  
before the code is cancelled. The code that is flashing will finish  
before going back to sold LED. the control is shipped with the  
ODF fan delay defeat NOT active. the change in status is  
remembered until toggled to a new status. A power down / power  
up sequence will not reset the status. It may be necessary to do the  
toggle twice to cycle to the desired state of defeat.  
All 286A units must be charged in high stage only.  
Factory charge amount and desired subcooling are shown on unit  
rating plate. Charging method is shown on information plate inside  
unit. To properly check or adjust charge, conditions must be  
favorable for subcooling charging. Favorable conditions exist  
when the outdoor temperature is between 70_F and 100_F  
(21.11_C and 37.78_C), and the indoor temperature is between  
70_F and 80_F (21.11_C and 26.67_C). Follow the procedure  
below:  
Defrost Hold  
in a non--communicating system, if the thermostat becomes  
satisfied (Y1 or Y1 and Y2) before the defrost cycle is terminated,  
the control will “hold” in defrost mode and finish the defrost cycle  
on the next call for heat.  
Unit is factory charged for 15ft (4.57 m) of lineset. Adjust charge  
by adding or removing 0.6 oz/ft of 3/8 liquid line above or below  
15ft (4.57 m) respectively.  
With communicating Evolution Control, defrost hold is not needed  
in a communicating system because the User Interface will  
complete the defrost cycle before shutting down the system.  
For standard refrigerant line lengths (80 ft/24.38 m or less), allow  
system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes. If conditions  
are favorable, check system charge by subcooling method. If any  
adjustment is necessary, adjust charge slowly and allow system to  
operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly  
charged system.  
Forced Defrost  
With non--communicating (non--Evolution) control, forced defrost  
can be initiated by manually shorting the 2--pin header labeled  
FORCED DEFROST (see Fig 43) on the control board for 5  
seconds then releasing.  
With communicating (Evolution) control, forced defrost is initiated  
with the User Interface.  
If the indoor temperature is above 80_F (26.67_C), and the  
outdoor temperature is in the favorable range, adjust system charge  
by weight based on line length and allow the indoor temperature to  
drop to 80_F (26.67_C) before attempting to check system charge  
by subcooling method as described above.  
On all models, during a Forced Defrost:  
If the indoor temperature is below 70_F (21.11_C), or the outdoor  
temperature is not in the favorable range, adjust charge for line set  
length above or below 15ft (4.57 m) only. Charge level should then  
be appropriate for the system to achieve rated capacity. The charge  
level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor  
and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range.  
NOTE: If line length is beyond 80 ft (24.38 m) or greater than 20  
ft (6.10 m) vertical separation, See Long Line Guideline for  
special charging requirements.  
S
If coil temperature is at defrost temperature of 32_F, and  
outdoor air temperature is below 50_F, a full defrost  
sequence will occur.  
S
If coil temperature or outdoor air temperature does not  
meet the above requirements, an abbreviated 30 second  
defrost will occur.  
Quiet Shift  
Quiet Shift is a field--selectable defrost mode which may eliminate  
occasional noise that could be heard at the start of the defrost cycle  
Heating Check Chart Procedure  
and restarting of the heating cycle.  
On models with  
a
To check system operation during heating cycle, refer to the Heat  
Pump Charging Instructions label on outdoor unit. This chart  
indicates whether a correct relationship exists between system  
operating pressure and air temperature entering indoor and outdoor  
units. If pressure and temperature do not match on chart, system  
refrigerant charge may not be correct. Do not use chart to adjust  
refrigerant charge.  
NOTE: In heating mode, check refrigerant charge only when  
pressures are stable. If in doubt, remove charge and weigh in  
correct refrigerant charge.  
non--communicating system, this feature must be enabled by  
selecting the 3rd position of the 3--position dip switch. For models  
with communicating (Evolution) systems, it must be enabled at the  
User Interface. When activated, the following sequence of  
operation will occur.  
Reversing valve will energize and  
compressor will turn off for 30 seconds, then turn back on to  
complete defrost. At the end of the defrost cycle, the reversing  
valve de--energizes, compressor will turn off for another 30  
seconds, and the fan will turn off for 40 seconds, before starting in  
the heating mode.  
NOTE: When charging is necessary during heating season, charge  
must be weighed in accordance with unit rating plate, ±0.6 oz./ft.  
of 3/8--in. liquid--line above or below 15 ft., respectively.  
Liquid--Line Solenoid Accessory  
In heat pump long--line applications, a liquid--line solenoid is  
required to control refrigerant migration in the heating mode. The  
solenoid should be installed near the outdoor unit with the arrow  
facing the outdoor unit. This is the direction of flow control. See  
application manual for long--line application details.  
EXAMPLE:  
To calculate additional charge required for a 25--ft. line set:  
25 ft. -- 15 ft. = 10 ft. X 0.6 oz./ft. = 6 oz. of additional charge.  
Accessory Liquid Solenoid with Evolution Communicating  
Control:  
When using the Evolution Control, the liquid--line solenoid output  
is provided at the Y1 connection. Connect the solenoid as shown in  
the wiring label diagram. This is a 24vac output that is energized  
whenever the compressor is energized. It closes, in the compressor  
46  
Utility Interface With Evolution Control  
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND  
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION  
The outdoor unit control system has special functions. The  
following is an overview of the two--stage control functions:  
The utility curtailment relay should be wired between R and Y2  
connections on the control board for Evolution Communicating  
systems only (see Fig. 42.) This input allows a power utility device  
to interrupt compressor operation during peak load periods. When  
the utility sends a signal to shut the system down, the User  
Interface will display, “Curtailment Active”.  
Cooling and Heating Operation  
286A/187ANA and 288ANA/180ANA (with serial numbers  
starting with 3809 and later) utilize either a standard indoor  
thermostat or Evolution Communication User Interface.  
288ANA/180ANA utilize an Evolution communicating User  
Interface only. With a call for first stage cooling, the outdoor fan,  
reversing valve, and low stage compressor are energized. If  
low--stage cannot satisfy cooling demand, high--stage cooling is  
energized by the second stage of indoor thermostat or User  
Interface. After second stage is satisfied, the unit returns to  
low--stage operation until first stage is satisfied or until second  
stage is required again. When both first stage and second stage  
cooling are satisfied, the compressor will shut off. The reversing  
valve will remain energized until the control board power is  
removed or a call for heating in initiated. With a call for heating,  
the outdoor fan and compressor are energized. The compressor will  
operate in high or low stage operation, as needed to meet the  
heating demand. When the heating demand is satisfied, the  
compressor and fan will shut off. The reversing valve is  
de--energized in the heating mode.  
One Minute Stage Change Time Delay on  
286ANA/187ANA Models  
When compressor changes stages from high to low or low to high,  
there is a 1--minute time delay before compressor restarts. The  
outdoor fan motor remains running.  
Compressor Operation on 286ANA/187ANA  
Models  
These units contain a Bristol 2--stage reciprocating compressor.  
When the compressor operates in high stage operation, the  
compressor motor rotates clockwise. Both the lower and upper  
pistons are eccentric with the rotating crankshaft and both  
compress refrigerant.  
When the compressor operates in low stage operation, the  
compressor motor reverses direction (rotates counterclockwise).  
The lower piston becomes idle and the upper piston compresses  
refrigerant. The start and run windings are reversed.  
Crankcase Heater Operation  
The two--stage reciprocating compressor does not have  
replaceable CCH available. It is recommended to disconnect,  
electronically, the faulty CCH and add a belly band style CCH  
should a CCH failure be determined.  
NOTE: When two--stage unit is operating at low--stage, system  
vapor (suction) pressure will be higher than a standard single--stage  
system or high--stage operation.  
a
NOTE: Outdoor fan motor will continue to operate for one minute  
after compressor shuts off, when outdoor ambient is greater than or  
equal to 100°F. This reduces pressure differential for easier starting  
on next cycle.  
Compressor Operation on 288ANA/180ANA  
Models:  
The basic scroll design has been modified with the addition of an  
internal unloading mechanism that opens a bypass port in the first  
compression pocket, effectively reducing the displacement of the  
scroll. The opening and closing of the bypass port is controlled by  
an internal electrically operated solenoid.  
NOTE: On 286ANA/187ANA models, if unit has not operated  
within the past 12 hours, or following a unit power--up, upon the  
next thermostat high-- or low--stage demand, unit operates for a  
minimum of 5 minutes in high--stage.  
On 286ANA/187ANA models with non--communicating  
(non--Evolution) systems, with first stage of cooling, Y1 and O are  
powered on; and with second stage of cooling, Y1, Y2, and O are  
on. For these systems, with first stage of heating Y1 is on and for  
second stage of heating, Y1 and Y2 are on. When the reversing  
valve is energized, O is powered on.  
The modulated scroll uses a single step of unloading to go from  
full capacity to approximately 67% capacity. A single speed, high  
efficiency motor continues to run while the scroll modulates  
between the two capacity steps. Modulation is achieved by venting  
a portion of the gas in the first suction pocket back to the low side  
of the compressor, thereby reducing the effective displacement of  
the compressor. Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents,  
thus increasing the displacement to 100%. A DC solenoid in the  
compressor controlled by a rectified 24 volt AC signal in the  
external solenoid plug moves the slider ring that covers and  
uncovers these vents. The vent covers are arranged in such a  
manner that the compressor operates at approximately 67%  
capacity when the solenoid is not energized and 100% capacity  
when the solenoid is energized.  
Communication and Status Function Lights For  
Evolution Control only, Green communications  
(COMM) Light  
A green LED (COMM light) on the outdoor board indicates  
successful communication with the other system products. The  
green LED will remain OFF until communication is established.  
Once a valid command is received, the green LED will turn ON  
continuously. If no communication is received within 2 minutes,  
the LED will be turned OFF until the next valid communication.  
The loading and unloading of the two step scroll is done “on the  
fly” without shutting off the motor between steps.  
Amber Status Light  
NOTE: 67% compressor capacity translates to approximately 80%  
cooling or heating capacity at the indoor coil. The compressor will  
always start unloaded and stay unloaded for five seconds even  
when the thermostat is calling for high stage.  
An amber colored STATUS light is used to display the operation  
mode and fault codes as specified in the troubleshooting section.  
See Table 17 for codes and definitions.  
NOTE: Only one code will be displayed on the outdoor unit  
control board (the most recent, with the highest priority).  
47  
Outdoor Fan Motor Operation  
Fan Motor  
There are two different types of motors used in the Evolution  
2--stage outdoor units. The 286A models use a PSC type fan  
motor, and the speed does not change between high and low speed  
operation.  
Fan motor rotates the fan blade that either draws or blows air  
through outdoor coil to exchange heat between refrigerant and air.  
Motors are totally enclosed to increase reliability. This also  
eliminates need for rain shield.  
On 288ANA models, an ECM fan motor is used to achieve higher  
efficiency ratings of the system. The outdoor unit control energizes  
outdoor fan anytime compressor is operating, except for defrost or  
low--ambient cooling. The outdoor fan remains energized if a  
pressure switch or compressor overload should open. The outdoor  
fan motor will continue to operate for one minute after the  
compressor shuts off when the outdoor ambient is greater than or  
equal to 100°F/37.7°C. This reduces pressure differential for easier  
starting on next cycle. On 286A/187ANA models, the outdoor fan  
remains energized during the 1--minute compressor staging time  
delay.  
!
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal  
injury or death.  
Turn off all power to unit before servicing or replacing fan  
motor. Be sure unit main power switch is turned off.  
The bearings are permanently lubricated; therefore, no oil ports are  
provided.  
On 286ANA/187ANA models, the outdoor fan motor is a PSC  
type. A fan relay on the control board turns the fan off and on by  
opening and closing a high voltage circuit to the motor. It does not  
change speeds between low and high stage operation.  
For suspected electrical failures, check for loose or faulty electrical  
connections, or defective fan--motor capacitor. Fan motor is  
equipped with thermal overload device in motor windings which  
may open under adverse operating conditions. Allow time for  
motor to cool so device can reset. Further checking of motor can be  
done with an ohmmeter. Set scale on R X 1 position; check for  
continuity between three leads. Replace motors that show an open  
circuit in any of the windings. Place 1 lead of ohmmeter on each  
motor lead. At same time, place other ohmmeter lead on motor case  
(ground). Replace any motor that shows resistance to ground, signs  
of arcing, burning, or overheating.  
On 288ANA/180ANA models, the outdoor fan is an ECM type.  
The motor control is continuously powered with high voltage. The  
motor speed is determined by electrical pulses provided by the  
PWM outputs on the control board. The ECM motor RPM adjusts  
to outdoor conditions as described in Table 15. The PWM output  
can be measured with a volt meter set to DC volts.  
In low ambient cooling (below 55°F/12.7°C), the control board  
cycles the fan off and on.  
Located above the compressor is a single--speed fan motor and fan.  
The 180ANA/288ANA air conditioner and heat pump models use  
the ECM variable speed fan motor.  
Table 15—Outdoor Fan Motor PWM  
Outdoor Temp (DC volts, Tolerance +/-- 2%)  
Low & High  
Low Stage  
High Stage  
The outdoor Integral Control Motor (ECM), is a variable--speed  
motor which operates from 450 to 850 rpm. The motor is a dc  
permanent magnet--type motor with the electronic controls  
integrated into its rear cover. The control package includes a small  
diode bridge, capacitors, and power switching devices. It converts  
ac to dc power and switches the dc power to the motor windings on  
and off at various rates to control the motor speed. The speed at  
which the motor windings are thus commutated is determined by a  
pulse width modulated (PWM) signal which is received from the  
control board on the motor control lines.  
Model  
Stage  
(OAT>104_F / 40_C)  
(OAT104_F / 40_C)  
(OAT104_F / 40_C)  
288ANA024  
288ANA036  
288ANA048  
288ANA060  
8.72  
9.06  
9.35  
10.23  
11.04  
11.7  
11.9  
11.9  
11.9  
11.9  
9.91  
10.83  
180ANA024  
180ANA036  
180ANA048  
180ANA060  
9.57  
9.06  
9.91  
10.88  
10.23  
11.04  
11.70  
11.90  
11.90  
11.90  
11.90  
10.83  
The PWM signal is created by turning a DC signal on and off once  
within a given period of time. The signal on time relative to the  
signal total period defines the percent of the PWM. For example, if  
the period is 5 sec and the control power is turned on for 1 sec then  
off, the signal will remain off for 4 sec before turning on again to  
start the next cycle. The PWM is called a 20 percent duty cycle  
signal. If the on time is increased to 4 sec of the 5 sec period, the  
PWM is called an 80 percent duty cycle. The ECM reads the PWM  
signal and increases the motor speed linearly from minimum speed  
to maximum speed with the percent duty cycle value of the  
supplied PWM signal.  
NOTE: For 288A models in low---ambient cooling, the PWM output for  
both h igh --- an d l ow --- stage equ al s th e val u e f or l ow --- stage  
operation below 55_F (12.8_C).  
ECM Fan Motor Troubleshooting  
If the outdoor fan motor fails to start and run:  
S
Check the high--voltage supply. The unit need not be  
running to check high voltage, but the power must be on.  
S
If the 230vac is present, use Table 15 to check for proper  
control voltage output to the fan motor from the control  
board. The control board sends DC voltage signals to the  
motor through the terminals labeled PWM1 and PWM2  
Set a voltmeter on a DC voltage scale and check across  
these terminals.  
S
S
First check voltage with the motor disconnected. If no  
control voltage is present, check control--board  
connections. If connections are good, replace the control  
board.  
If voltage is present, reconnect the motor and check  
again. Shut down the unit to reconnect the motor and  
restart the unit to complete this troubleshooting  
procedure. If control voltage is no longer present or  
motor fails to respond, check motor connections.  
S
If connections are good, replace the motor.  
48  
Time Delays  
Thermistors  
The unit time delays include:  
Outdoor Ambient Thermistor  
The Puronr two--speed air conditioner and heat pump units have  
an outdoor ambient air thermistor. The control board must know  
the outdoor air temperature so it can activate various functions.  
These functions include:  
S
Five minute time delay to start cooling or heating  
operation when there is a call from the thermostat or user  
interface. To bypass this feature, momentarily short and  
release Forced Defrost pins.  
S
Activating the compressor crankcase heater when ever  
the outdoor unit is in the off cycle.  
S
S
S
Five minute compressor re--cycle delay on return from a  
brown--out condition.  
S
The fan motor speed changes for both air conditioner  
and heat pump on the ECM equipped units.  
Two minute time delay to return to standby operation  
from last valid communication (with Evolution only).  
Outdoor Coil Thermistor(OCT)  
One minute time delay of outdoor fan at termination of  
cooling mode when outdoor ambient is greater than or  
equal to 100_F.  
The coil or defrost thermistor is the same thermistor used to  
monitor outdoor air temperature. The control board must know the  
coil temperature so it can activate various functions. These  
functions include:  
S
S
S
S
Fifteen second delay at termination of defrost before the  
auxiliary heat (W1) is de--energized.  
S
S
S
Frost sensing on heat pumps  
Twenty second delay at termination of defrost before the  
outdoor fan is energized.  
Coil--vs--Ambient temperature relationship  
Low ambient cooling operation  
Thirty second compressor delay when quiet shift  
enabled.  
Thermistor Curve  
On 226A, 266A, 286A models there is a 1 minute time  
delay between staging from low to high and from high to  
low capacity. On 288A models there is no delay; the  
compressor will change from low to high and from high  
to low capacity “on the fly” to meet the demand.  
The resistance vs. temperature chart enables the service technicians  
to check thermistor resistance, regardless of the temperature.  
For example, at a 60_F temperature, thermistor resistance should  
be around 16,000 Ohms. (See Fig. 34.)  
We will talk about the thermistor in more detail when we review  
the control board fault codes.  
Pressure Switches  
The Puronr two--stage air conditioner contains two pressure  
switches to prevent system operation if the pressures get  
excessively high or low. The air conditioner low pressure switch in  
the suction line opens at 50 PSI and closes at 95 PSI. The high  
pressure switch opens at 670 PSI and closes at 470 PSI. Both  
pressure switch settings are considerably higher than on  
comparably sized R--22 units. The high and low pressure switches  
can be identified by their pink stripe on the switch’s electrical  
wires.  
THERMISTOR CURVE  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
The Puronr two--stage heat pump contains a loss of charge switch  
in the suction line on 286BNA and 288ANA, and liquid line on  
226A and 266A which opens at 23 PSI and closes at 55 PSI. See  
troubleshooting section for sequence when a pressure switch trip  
occurs.  
10  
0
Muffler, Accumulator, Reversing Valve (RVS)  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
(-17.77) (-6.67)  
(4.44)  
(15.56) (26.67) (37.78) (48.89)  
The Puronr two--stage air conditioners and heat pumps have a  
compressor discharge line muffler, to dampen sound pressure  
pulsations.  
The Puronr two--stage heat pumps have a specifically designed  
reversing valve, for Puronr application and an accumulator for  
storing excess liquid refrigerant during the heating mode to prevent  
damaging flood--back.  
TEMPERATURE °F (°C)  
A08054  
Fig. 34 – Resistance Values Versus Temperature  
49  
CONTROL BOX  
Contactor And Capacitor  
Start Circuit Sequence of Operation --  
187ANA & 286ANA  
Removal of the information plate exposes the control components.  
Both air conditioner and heat pump control boxes will appear to be  
nearly identical. There are two contactors, two capacitors, a control  
board and a compressor start assist. The contactors are identical to  
those used in the standard single speed units. One controls low  
capacity operation and the second controls high speed. The  
capacitors also are similar to those used in standard single speed  
units. You have a fan capacitor for the outdoor fan motor, and a run  
capacitor for the compressor motor. The control board, start  
capacitor, and start relay control the starting of the compressor.  
On a call for high-- or low--stage compressor operation, the start  
relay is closed by the control board through the Vs, Vr, and L2  
terminals. This puts the start capacitor in the circuit. Compressor  
voltage is sensed on the VR and VS terminals throughout the  
process. As the compressor comes up to speed, the control board  
senses the change in voltage across VR and VS, and opens the start  
relay at the appropriate voltage. The control is programmed with  
the parameters for opening the start circuit. The voltage will be  
different for high-- and low--stage, and for different unit sizes.  
Always replace these devices with the Factory Approved  
Components.  
Since the same control board is used in all 2--stage units, the model  
plug determines the start circuit voltage.  
Incoming Power  
Troubleshooting 187ANA & 286ANA Start  
Circuit:  
If starting problems are encountered, the control board will flash  
fault codes to help indicate where the problem was encountered.  
See Table 17 for appropriate actions by active fault code.  
Incoming power is attached to the two power wire stripped leads.  
A ground lug is also provided. Outdoor unit should always be  
grounded through the ground lug to the unit disconnect and from  
the disconnect to the electrical fuse box. Failure to do so can cause  
serious injury or death.  
S
First check that the model plug is correct for the unit  
model and size, and that it is installed properly  
Start Circuit -- 187ANA & 286ANA  
These models use the same Bristol TS reciprocating compressor  
that was used in previous 2--stage Puron units. A start circuit is  
needed so that the reciprocating compressor will start against  
elevated head pressure. The start circuit these units use is different  
from previous units. The start relay is a normally open type, and is  
controlled by the circuit board instead of directly sensing the  
compressor voltage.  
Fig. 35 – Preferred and Evolution Series Control Box Identification  
50  
MODEL  
PLUG  
MODEL  
PLUG  
UTILITY RELAY  
*
UTILITY SIGNAL  
OPEN RELAY  
LLS  
Liquid Line Solenoid  
*
SUPPLIED BY UTILITY PROVIDER  
A06525/.A06526  
Fig. 36 – 2--Stage Control Board  
initial power up, the unit will operate according to the last valid  
model plug installed, and flash the appropriate fault code  
temporarily.  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Troubleshooting (HK38EA003, 008, 010, 015)  
circuit boards.  
Pressure Switch Protection  
The Evolution Series outdoor units all use the same control board.  
A model plug is used to identify the system type, and set the  
operating parameters for airflow, start circuit timing etc. (see Model  
Plug section) There were two part number changes to this board  
early in 2006 due to expansion of the Evolution split system  
product line, and expansion of the Evolution Small Packaged  
Product (SPP) line. This circuit board is used in both Evolution  
split system and Evolution SPP systems.  
Replacement boards may have a different part number from the  
original board. A newer board will always be backward compatible  
to previous units if it is superseded at RCD. Old boards are not  
always forward compatible due to new functions, or software  
changes made to resolve field issues.  
The outdoor unit is equipped with high-- and low--pressure  
switches. If the control senses the opening of a high-- or  
low--pressure switch, it will respond as follows:  
1. De--energize the appropriate compressor contactor.  
2. Keep the outdoor fan operating for 15 minutes.  
3. Display the appropriate fault code (see Table 17).  
4. After a 15 minute delay, if there is a call for cooling or  
heating and LPS or HPS is reset, the appropriate  
compressor contactor is energized.  
5. If LPS or HPS has not closed after a 15 minute delay, the  
outdoor fan is turned off. If the open switch closes anytime  
after the 15 minute delay, then resume operation with a call  
for cooling or heating.  
6. If LPS or HPS trips 3 consecutive cycles, the unit operation  
is locked out for 4 hours.  
Systems Communication Failure  
If communication with the Evolution control is lost with the User  
Interface, the control will flash the appropriate fault code. (See  
Table 17.) Check the wiring to the UI and the indoor and outdoor  
units.  
7. In the event of a high--pressure switch trip or high--pressure  
lockout, check the refrigerant charge, outdoor fan operation,  
and outdoor coil (in cooling) for airflow restrictions, or  
indoor airflow in heating.  
Model Plug  
Each control board contains a model plug. The correct model plug  
must be installed for or the system to operate properly. (See Table  
14.)  
8. In the event of a low--pressure switch trip or low--pressure  
lockout, check the refrigerant charge and indoor airflow  
(cooling) and outdoor fan operation and outdoor coil in  
heating.  
The model plug is used to identify the type and size of unit to the  
control. On 286A models, the model plug is also used to determine  
the start sequence timing for each individual model.  
Control Fault  
If the outdoor unit control board has failed, the control will flash  
the appropriate fault code (see Table 17). The control board should  
be replaced.  
On new units, the model and serial numbers are input into the  
board’s memory at the factory. If a model plug is lost or missing at  
initial installation, the unit will operate according to the  
information input at the factory and the appropriate error code will  
flash temporarily. An RCD replacement board contains no model  
and serial information. If the factory control board fails, the model  
plug must be transferred from the original board to the replacement  
board for the unit to operate.  
Brown--Out Protection  
If the line voltage is less than 187v for at least 4 seconds, the  
appropriate compressor contactor and fan relay are de--energized.  
Compressor and fan operation are not allowed until voltage is a  
minimum of 190v. The control will flash the appropriate fault code  
(see Table 17).  
NOTE: The model plug takes priority over factory model  
information input at the factory. If the model plug is removed after  
51  
230v Brown--Out Protection Defeated  
288ANA Compressor Thermal Cutout  
The brownout feature can be defeated if needed for severe noisy  
power conditions. This defeat should always be a last resort to  
solving the problem. Defeat is available on the User Interface  
setup screen (available with SYSTXBBUID01--C UI) or can be  
initiated through the forced defrost pins for non--communicating  
systems as follows:  
If the control senses the compressor voltage after start--up and is  
then absent for 10 consecutive seconds while cooling or heating  
demand exists, the thermal protector is open. The control  
de--energizes the compressor contactor for 15 minutes, but  
continues to operate the outdoor fan. The control Status LED will  
flash the appropriate code shown in Table 17. After 15 minutes,  
with a call for low or high stage cooling or heating, the compressor  
contactor is energized. If the thermal protector has not re--set, the  
outdoor fan is turned off. If the call for cooling or heating  
continues, the control will energize the compressor contactor every  
15 minutes. If the thermal protector closes, (at the next 15 minute  
interval check) the unit will resume operation.  
The brownout toggle is accomplished by shorting the defrost pins  
from power up with the OAT and OCT sensor connector removed.  
After 3 seconds, the status of the force defrost short and the  
OAT/OCT as open will be checked. If correct, then the brownout  
will be toggled.  
S
S
Status code 6 shows the brownout is disabled.  
Status code 5 shows the brownout is active.  
If the thermal cutout trips for three consecutive cycles, then unit  
operation is locked out for 4 hours and the appropriate fault code is  
displayed.  
After the brownout defeat is set, power down and reinstall the  
OAT/OCT sensor and remove the short from the forced defrost  
pins. As long as the short on the forced defrost remains, the OAT  
and OCT faults will not be cleared. The code will continue to be  
flashed.  
Low or High Contactor Open (286A models) / No  
230V at Compressor Contractor (288ANA models)  
If the compressor voltage is not sensed when the compressor  
should be starting, the appropriate contactor may be stuck open or  
there is a wiring error. The control will flash the appropriate fault  
code. Check the contactor and control box wiring.  
The control is shipped with the brownout active. The change in  
status is remembered until toggled to a new status. A power  
down/power up sequence will not reset the status. It may be  
necessary to do the toggle twice to cycle to the desired state of the  
defeat.  
286A Models Only -- Compressor Start Detection  
on Models with Bristol Compressors Only  
In low stage, if the specified start voltage at VR terminal is not  
achieved, the start relay is de--energized after 1 second and the  
control will flash the appropriate fault code.  
In high stage, if the specified start voltage at VS terminal is not  
achieved, the start relay is de--energized after 1 second and the  
control will flash the appropriate fault code.  
230V Line (Power Disconnect) Detection  
If there is no 230v at the compressor contactor(s) when the indoor  
unit is powered and cooling or heating demand exists, the  
appropriate fault code is displayed. Verify the disconnect is closed  
and 230v wiring is connected to the unit.  
Compressor Voltage Sensing  
If the specified start voltage is not achieved for 3 consecutive low  
stage starts, low stage operation is locked out for 30 minutes. If the  
specified start voltage is not achieved for 3 consecutive high stage  
starts, high stage operation is locked out for 30 minutes. The  
control will flash the appropriate fault code.  
The control board input terminals labeled VS, VR and L2 on  
286A/187ANA models and VS and L2 on 288ANA/180ANA  
models (see Fig. 37) are used to detect compressor voltage status  
and alert the user of potential problems. The control continuously  
monitors the high voltage on the run capacitor of the compressor  
motor. Voltage should be present any time the compressor  
contactor is energized and voltage should not be present when the  
contactor is de--energized.  
Troubleshooting 286A units for proper switching  
between low & high stages  
Check the suction and liquid pressures at the service valves.  
Suction pressure should be reduced by 5--10% when switching  
from low to high capacity. There should be a 10--20% increase in  
liquid pressure when switching from low to high capacity.  
Compressor current should increase 100--250% when switching  
from low to high stage.  
Contactor Shorted Detection  
If there is compressor voltage sensed when there is no demand for  
compressor operation, the contactor may be stuck closed or there  
may be a wiring error. The control will flash the appropriate fault  
code.  
286A Models -- Compressor Thermal Cutout  
Troubleshooting 288ANA units for proper  
switching between low & high stages  
Check the suction pressures at the service valves. Suction pressure  
should be reduced by 3--10% when switching from low to high  
capacity.  
NOTE: The liquid pressures are very similar between low and  
high stage operation, so liquid pressure should not be used for  
troubleshooting.  
The control senses the compressor voltage at VR and VS. When  
starting or running, a phase difference of the voltages on the inputs  
will indicate the thermal protector is closed. If the phase difference  
is 5_ or less for 10 seconds, the internal protector is open. The  
control de--energizes the appropriate compressor contactor for 15  
minutes, but continues to operate the outdoor fan. The control  
Status LED will flash the appropriate code shown in Table 17.  
After 15 minutes, with a call for low or high stage cooling or  
heating, the appropriate compressor contactor is energized. If the  
thermal protector has not re--set, the outdoor fan is turned off. If  
the call for cooling or heating continues, the control will energize  
the compressor contactor every 15 minutes. If the thermal  
protector closes, (at the next 15 minute interval check) the unit will  
resume operation.  
Compressor current should increase 20--45% when switching from  
low to high stage. The compressor solenoid when energized in  
high stage, should measure 24vac.  
When the compressor is operating in low stage the 24v DC  
compressor solenoid coil is de--energized. When the compressor is  
operating in high stage, the 24v DC solenoid coil is energized. The  
solenoid plug harness that is connected to the compressor HAS an  
internal rectifier that converts the 24v DC signal to 24v AC. DO  
If the thermal cutout trips for three consecutive cycles, then unit  
operation is locked out for 4 hours and the appropriate fault code is  
displayed.  
NOT INSTALL  
RECTIFIER.  
A
PLUG WITHOUT AN INTERNAL  
52  
Unloader Test Procedure  
Thermistor Sensor Comparison  
The unloader is the compressor internal mechanism, controlled by  
the DC solenoid, that modulates between high and low stage. If it  
is suspected that the unloader is not working, the following  
methods may be used to verify operation.  
The control continuously monitors and compares the outdoor air  
temperature sensor and outdoor coil temperature sensor to ensure  
proper operating conditions. The comparison is:  
S
In cooling if the outdoor air sensor indicates 10_F  
warmer than the coil sensor (or) the outdoor air sensor  
indicates 20_F cooler than the coil sensor, the sensors  
are out of range.  
1. Operate the system and measure compressor amperage.  
Cycle the unloader on and off at 30 second plus intervals at  
the UI (from low to high stage and back to low stage). Wait  
5 seconds after staging to high before taking a reading. The  
compressor amperage should go up or down at least 20  
percent.  
2. If the expected result is not achieved, remove the solenoid  
plug from the compressor and with the unit running and the  
UI calling for high stage, test the voltage output at the plug  
with a DC voltmeter. The reading should be 4 to 18 volts.  
S
In heating if the outdoor air sensor indicates 35_F  
warmer than the coil sensor (or) the outdoor air sensor  
indicates 10_F cooler than the coil sensor, the sensors  
are out of range.  
If the sensors are out of range, the control will flash the appropriate  
fault code as shown in Table 17.  
The thermistor comparison is not performed during low ambient  
cooling or defrost operation.  
3. If the correct DC voltage is at the control circuit molded  
plug, measure the compressor unloader coil resistance. The  
resistance should be 32 to 60 ohms depending on  
compressor temperature. If the coil resistance is infinity,  
much lower than 32 ohms, or is grounded, the compressor  
must be replaced.  
Failed Thermistor Default Operation  
Factory defaults have been provided in the event of failure of  
outdoor air thermistor (OAT) and/or outdoor coil thermistor  
(OCT).  
Temperature Thermistors  
If the OAT sensor should fail, low ambient cooling will not be  
allowed and the one--minute outdoor fan off delay will not occur.  
Defrost will be initiated based on coil temperature and time.  
Thermistors are electronic devices which sense temperature. As the  
temperature increases, the resistance decreases. Thermistors are  
used to sense outdoor air (OAT) and coil temperature (OCT).  
Refer to Fig. 34 for resistance values versus temperature.  
If the OCT sensor should fail, low ambient cooling will not be  
allowed. Defrost will occur at each time interval during heating  
operation, but will terminate after 5 minutes.  
If there is a thermistor out of range error, defrost will occur at each  
time interval during heating operation, but will terminate after 5  
minutes.  
Count the number of short and long flashes to determine the  
appropriate flash code. Table 17 gives possible causes and actions  
related to each error.  
If the outdoor air or coil thermistor should fail, the control will  
flash the appropriate fault code. (See Table 17.)  
IMPORTANT: The outdoor air thermistor and coil thermistor  
should be factory mounted in the final locations. Check to  
ensure thermistors are mounted properly per Fig. 38 and Fig.  
39.  
OAT Thermistor must be locked in  
place with spherical nib end facing to-  
wards the front of the control box  
OCT Thermistor  
must be secured  
tight on stub tube.  
Fig. 38 – Outdoor Air Thermistor (OAT) Attachment  
Fig. 39 – Outdoor Coil Thermistor (OCT) Attachment  
Table 16—Two--Stage Compressor Resistances  
(Winding Resistance at 70_F±20_)  
Winding  
Start (S-C)  
Run (R-C)  
286ANA024  
2.74  
286ANA036  
1.98  
286ANA048  
1.55  
286ANA060  
0.74  
0.80  
0.75  
0.48  
0.36  
226ANA024  
288ANA024  
226ANA036  
288ANA036  
226ANA048  
288ANA048  
226ANA060  
288ANA060  
Winding  
Start (S-C)  
Run (R-C)  
1.40  
1.32  
1.29  
0.89  
1.52  
0.64  
0.60  
0.49  
53  
Status Codes  
Table 17 shows the status codes flashed by the amber status light.  
Most system problems can be diagnosed by reading the status code  
as flashed by the amber status light on the control board.  
The codes are flashed by a series of short and long flashes of the  
status light. The short flashes indicate the first digit in the status  
code, followed by long flashes indicating the second digit of the  
error code.  
The short flash is 0.25 seconds ON and the long flash is 1.0 second  
ON. Time between flashes is 0.25 seconds. Time between short  
flash and first long flash is 1.0 second. Time between code  
repeating is 2.5 seconds with LED OFF.  
EXAMPLE:  
3 short flashes followed by 2 long flashes indicates a 32 code.  
Table 17 shows this to be low pressure switch open.  
Table 17—TROUBLESHOOTING  
AMBER  
LED FLASH  
CODE  
FAULT  
POSSIBLE CAUSE AND ACTION  
OPERATION  
Standby – no call for unit opera-  
tion  
On solid,  
no flash  
None  
Normal operation  
E mer gen cy Mode --- Model  
288A/180ANA with serial number  
3709 and prior.  
Standard Thermostat  
Control  
(288A/180ANA only)  
Rapid,  
continuous  
flashing  
Unit being controlled by standard thermostat inputs instead of Evolution  
Control. Only high stage operation is available. This operating mode should  
be used in emergency situations only.  
Low Stage Cool/Heat Operation  
High Stage Cool/Heat Operation  
None  
None  
1, pause  
2, pause  
Normal operation  
Normal operation  
System Communica-  
tions Failure  
Communication with User Interface lost. Check wiring to UI, indoor and  
outdoor units  
16  
25  
Control does not detect a model plug or detects an invalid model plug. Unit  
will not operate without correct model plug.  
Invalid Model Plug  
High Pressure Switch  
Open  
High---pressure switch trip. Check refrigerant charge, outdoor fan operation  
and coils for airflow restrictions.  
31*  
Low Pressure Switch  
Open  
32*  
45  
Low---pressure switch trip. Check refrigerant charge and indoor air flow.  
Outdoor unit control board has failed. Control board needs to be replaced.  
Control Fault  
Line voltage < 187v for at least 4 seconds. Compressor and fan operation  
not allowed until voltage>190v. Verify line voltage.  
Brown Out (230v)  
46  
No 230v at Unit  
Measured at L1 and  
L2 on circuit board  
There is no 230v at the contactor when indoor unit is powered and cooling/  
heating demand exists. Verify the disconnect is closed and 230v wiring is  
connected to the unit.  
47  
Outdoor Air Temp  
Sensor Fault  
Outdoor air sensor not reading or out of range. Ohm out sensor and check  
wiring.  
53  
55  
56  
Outdoor Coil  
Sensor Fault  
Coil sensor not reading or out of range. Ohm out sensor and check wiring.  
Thermistors out of  
range  
Improper relationship between coil sensor and outdoor air sensor. Ohm out  
sensors and check wiring.  
Compressor operation detected then disappears while low stage demand  
exists. Possible causes are internal compressor overload trip or start relay  
and capacitor held in circuit too long (if installed).  
Low Stage  
Thermal Cutout  
71*  
Compressor operation detected then disappears while high stage demand  
exists. Possible causes are internal compressor overload trip or start relay  
and capacitor held in circuit too long (if installed).  
Compressor voltage sensed when no demand for compressor operation  
exists. Contactor may be stuck closed or there is a wiring error.  
High Stage  
Thermal Cutout  
72*  
73*  
74  
Contactor Shorted  
No 230V at  
Compressor (288A  
Only)  
Compressor voltage not sensed when compressor should be starting. Con-  
tactor may be stuck open or there is a wiring error.  
Low Stage Did Not  
Start  
Specified start voltage at VR terminal was not achieved in low stage. Start  
relay was de---energized after 1 second.  
75  
76  
77  
78  
(286A Only)  
Low Stage Did Not  
Start 3 times  
(286AOnly)  
High Stage Did Not  
Start  
(286A Only)  
High Stage Did Not  
Start 3 times (286A  
Only)  
For 3 consecutive low stage starts, the specified start voltage at VR terminal  
was not achieved & start relay was de---energized. Low stage locked out for  
30 minutes.  
Specified start voltage at VS terminal was not achieved in high stage. Start  
relay was de---energized after 1 second.  
For 3 consecutive high stage starts, the specified start voltage at VS terminal  
was not achieved & start relay was de---energized. High stage locked out for  
30 minutes.  
Low Stage  
Thermal Lockout  
Thermal cutout occurs in three consecutive low/high stage cycles. Low  
stage locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
81  
82  
83  
84  
85  
87  
High Stage  
Thermal Lockout  
Thermal cutout occurs in three consecutive high/low stage cycles. High  
stage locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
Low---Pressure Lock-  
out  
Low pressure switch trip has occurred during 3 consecutive cycles. Unit  
operation locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
High --- Pr essu r e  
Lockout  
High pressure switch trip has occurred during 3 consecutive cycles. Unit  
operation locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
Low Contactor Open  
(286A Only)  
Compressor voltage not sensed when compressor should be starting. Low  
stage contactor may be stuck open or there is a wiring error.  
High Contactor Open  
(286A Only)  
Compressor voltage not sensed when compressor should be starting. High  
stage contactor may be stuck open or there is a wiring error.  
*Sequence: Compressor contactor is de---energized and outdoor fan is energized for up to 15 minutes. If demand still exists, control will energize compressor  
contactor after 15 minute delay. If fault is cleared, unit will resume operation. If fault still exists, fan shuts off, and error code continues to flash. Control will attempt  
re---start every 15 minutes. Cycling low voltage defeats the 15 minute delay.  
54  
2 STAGE  
HEAT PUMP  
FAN  
COIL  
TWO-STAGE  
THERMIDISTAT (TSTAT)  
VARIABLE SPEED  
FURNACE  
THERMIDISTAT  
O
O
Y1  
Y1  
RVS/Heat Stage 2  
O/B W2  
W/W1  
Y1  
W1  
W1  
W2  
Y/Y2  
G
Heat Stage 1  
Compressor Low  
Compressor High  
Fan  
REMOVE J2  
JUMPER FOR  
HEAT STAGING  
Y2  
W1  
Y/Y2  
G
24VAC Hot Heating  
24VAC Hot Cooling  
Dry Contact 1  
Rh  
R
R
REMOVE J1 FOR  
DEHUMIDIFY  
MODES  
Rc  
DH  
C
D1  
C
Dry Contact 2  
D2  
24VAC Common  
Humidify  
C
HUM  
OAT  
RRS  
OAT/RRS  
Humidifier Solenoid  
Valve *  
Outdoor Air Temp  
Remote Room Sensor  
OAT/RRS Com  
Outdoor Sensor *  
Remote Room  
Sensor *  
A08055  
A08090  
Fig. 40 – Edge Thermidistat Models T6-PRH-01 or T6-NRH-01)  
Wiring with 226A, 286A, 288A  
Fig. 41 – Thermidistat Model TSTATBBPRH01-B with Variable  
Speed Furnace and 226A, 286A, 288A  
Two-Stage Heat Pump (non-communicating)  
Two-Stage Heat Pump (non-communicating)  
Communicating HP  
User Interface  
Furnace or Fan Coil  
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
Humidifier  
A08091  
Fig. 42 – Evolution Furnace or Fan Coil Wiring with 286A OR 289B Communicating Two-Stage HP  
55  
TWO--STAGE 286B/289B/180B/187B  
Application Guidelines  
Model Plug  
Bryant designed and tested the two--stage air conditioner and heat  
pump products with Puron refrigerant to operate at a minimum  
outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode at 55_F without low  
ambient cooling enabled and the maximum outdoor operating  
Each control board contains a model plug. The correct model plug  
must be installed in order for the system to operate properly. (See  
Table 18.)  
The model plug is used to identify the type and size of unit to the  
control. On 286BNA models, the model plug is also used to  
determine the start sequence timing for each individual model.  
ambient in cooling is 125_F/51.6_C.  
On Evolution  
communicating systems, only low ambient cooling is available to  
0_F/--17.8_C.  
The maximum outdoor operating ambient in heating mode is  
66_F/18.8_C on all heat pumps. Continuous operation in heating  
mode is approved to --30_F/--34.4_C. Thermostat options for the  
two stage units are as follows:  
On new units, the model and serial numbers are inputted into the  
board’s memory at the factory. If a model plug is lost or missing at  
initial installation, the unit will operate according to the  
information input at the factory and the appropriate error code will  
flash temporarily. An RCD replacement board contains no model  
and serial information. If the factory control board fails, the model  
plug must be transferred from the original board to the replacement  
board for the unit to operate.  
NOTE: The model plug takes priority over factory model  
information input at the factory. If the model plug is removed after  
initial power up, the unit will operate according to the last valid  
model plug installed, and flash the appropriate fault code  
temporarily.  
S
A,B,C,D four--wire connections for Evolution User  
Interface.  
S
R,C,W,Y1,Y2, and O wire connections for standard,  
non--communicating thermostat.  
286BNA, 289B, 187B, and 180B units can run, and are matched  
with, User Interface (UI) communicating and non--communicating  
indoor fan coils and furnaces. Only unit combinations listed in the  
two--stage Product Data are recommended.  
Line sets for two stage units are similar to the single stage units.  
However, some restrictions may apply to specific combinations in  
long line applications. Refer to the Long Line Guideline for further  
information.  
The Tennessee Valley Authority (TVA) requires that electric strip  
heat have a lockout feature. This is achieved through Bryant  
thermostats required per above and must be used on all TVA  
approved units.  
Table 18—Model Plug Information  
PIN RESISTANCE  
MODEL  
PLUG  
( K --- o h m s )  
MODEL  
NUMBER  
NUMBER  
P i n s 1 --- 4  
P i n s 2 --- 3  
286BNA024  
286BNA036  
286BNA048  
286BNA060  
HK70EZ041  
HK70EZ043  
HK70EZ045  
HK70EZ047  
18  
18  
18  
18  
91  
150  
220  
360  
The new control board in the two stage units with Puron refrigerant  
has dip switches for defrost timing. The Evolution controls  
provide these two stage units with high stage latching and Hybrid  
Heatt (dual fuel) capabilities. The standard Hybrid Heatt (duel  
fuel) thermostat can be used on two stage units with Bristol  
reciprocating compressors only.  
289BNA036  
289BNA048  
289BNA060  
HK70EZ012  
HK70EZ014  
HK70EZ016  
5.1  
5.1  
11  
180  
270  
5.1  
180BNA024  
180BNA036  
180BNA048  
180BNA060  
HK70EZ009  
HK70EZ011  
HK70EZ013  
HK70EZ015  
5.1  
91  
5.1  
5.1  
5.1  
150  
220  
360  
187BNA024  
187BNA036  
187BNA048  
187BNA060  
HK70EZ040  
HK70EZ042  
HK70EZ044  
HK70EZ046  
18  
18  
18  
18  
75  
120  
180  
270  
56  
Airflow Selections for 187B / 286B / 180B /289B  
Using Non--Communicating (Non--Evolution)  
Thermostats  
S
Low pressure switch is ignored for first 3 minutes during  
low ambient start up. After 3 minutes, if LPS trips, then  
outdoor fan motor is turned off for 10 minutes, with the  
compressor running. If LPS closes within 10 minutes  
then cooling continues with the outdoor fan cycling per  
the coil temperature routine listed above for the  
remainder of the cooling cycle. If the LPS does not close  
within 10 minutes, then the normal LPS trip response  
(shut down cooling operation and generate LPS trip  
error) will occur.  
Airflow Selection for 315AAV/355AAV Furnaces  
The 315AAV/355AAV variable--speed furnaces provide high--and  
low--stage blower operation to match the capacities of the  
compressor at high and low stages. To select the recommended  
airflow and for adjustments to the manual switches labeled SW1--5,  
AC, and CF on the control board, refer to the furnace Installation  
Instructions. The 315AAV/355AAV utilizes a control center that  
allows the installing technician to select the proper airflows. The  
HP switch determines the airflow during high--stage compressor  
operation. Airflow for high-- and low--stage can be calculated at  
either 350 CFM per ton or 400 CFM per ton, based on the  
positions of SW1--5.  
For 180B/289B models, the PWM output for both high and low  
stage equals the value for low stage operation below 55_F.  
Defrost  
This control offers 5 possible defrost interval times: 30, 60, 90, 120  
minutes, or AUTO.  
With non--communicating thermostats, these are selected by dip  
When using communicating (Evolution) control, dipswitch  
switches on the unit control board.  
With communicating  
adjustments are not necessary on furnaces.  
determined by Evolution Control setup.  
Airflows are  
thermostats, the Evolution Control User Interface. The Evolution  
Control selection overrides the control board dip switch settings.  
Airflow Selection for FV4 Fan Coils for 180B,  
187B, 286B, 289B Using Non--Communicating  
(Non--Evolution) Thermostats  
The FV4 provides high-- and low--stage blower operation to match  
the capacities of compressor at high-- and low--stage. To select  
recommended airflow, refer to FV4 Installation Instructions. The  
FV4 utilizes an Easy Select control board that allows the installing  
technician to select proper airflows. For adjustments to control  
board, select appropriate HP SIZE and CFM ADJUST setting. This  
fan coil has an adjustable blower off delay factory set at 90 sec for  
high-- and low--stage blower operation.  
AUTO defrost adjusts the defrost interval time based on the last  
defrost time as follows:  
S
S
S
S
When defrost time <3 minutes, the next defrost  
interval=120 minutes.  
When defrost time 3--5 minutes, the next defrost  
interval=90 minutes.  
When defrost time 5--7 minutes, the next defrost  
interval=60 minutes.  
When defrost time >7 minutes, the next defrost  
interval=30 minutes.  
For other combinations of equipment consult Product Data Digest.  
GENERAL INFORMATION  
Low Ambient Cooling  
When this unit is operating below 55_F outdoor temperature,  
provisions must be made for low ambient operation.  
The control board accumulates compressor run time. As the  
accumulated run time approaches the selected defrost interval time,  
the control board monitors the coil temperature sensor for a defrost  
demand. If a defrost demand exists, a defrost cycle will be initiated  
at the end of the selected time interval. A defrost demand exists  
when the coil temperature is at or below 32_F for 4 minutes during  
the interval.  
Evolution Controlled low ambient cooling:  
The defrost cycle is terminated when the coil temperature reaches  
65_F or 10 minutes has passed.  
This unit is capable of low ambient cooling without a kit ONLY  
when using Evolution control. A low ambient kit is not required,  
and the outdoor fan motor does not need to be replaced for  
Evolution controlled low ambient operation. The Evolution  
Control provides an automatic evaporator coil freeze protection  
algorithm that eliminates the need for an evaporator freeze  
thermostat. Low ambient cooling must be enabled in the User  
Interface set up. Fan may not begin to cycle until about 40_F  
OAT. Fan will cycle based on coil and outdoor air temperature.  
On 286B models, defrost will occur in low-- or high--stage as  
demanded by the thermostat or User Interface regardless of OAT  
On 289B models, when OAT is >25_F (--3.9_C), defrost will occur  
in low-- or high--stage as demanded by the thermostat or User  
Interface.  
On 289B models, if OAT is 25_F (--3.9_C), defrost will occur in  
high--stage only, regardless of thermostat or User Interface demand,  
and will terminate at 50_F (10_C) coil temperature with a  
minimum of 2.5 minutes in defrost.  
Evolution controlled low ambient mode operates as follows:  
S
Fan is OFF when outdoor coil temp is < (outdoor air  
temperature + 3_F) or outdoor fan has been ON for 30  
minutes. (Fan is turned off to allow refrigerant system to  
stabilize.)  
If the coil temperature does not reach 32_F (0_C) within the  
interval, the interval timer will be reset and start over.  
S
Upon initial power up the first defrost interval is  
defaulted to 30 minutes. Remaining intervals are at  
selected times.  
S
Fan is ON when outdoor coil temp > (outdoor air  
temperature + 25_F) or outdoor coil temp > 80_F or if  
outdoor fan has been OFF for 30 minutes. (Fan is turned  
on to allow refrigerant system to stabilize.)  
S
Defrost is only allowed to occur below 50_F (10_C)  
outdoor ambient temperature.  
The outdoor fan output (ODF) will remain off for 20 seconds after  
termination. This delay will allow time for the system to capture  
the heat from the outdoor coil and reduce the “steam cloud” effect  
that may occur on transition from defrost to the heating cycle. The  
outdoor fan output OFF delay of 20 seconds may be defeated to  
enable the fan to energize immediately at the time of termination  
and 12 seconds prior to the reversing valve de--energizing, through  
the User Interface setup screen available with SYSTXBBUID01--C  
UI, or forced defrost pins as follows:  
57  
off mode, to prevent refrigerant migration into the unit through the  
liquid--line.  
On Models with Accessory Liquid Solenoid Using a  
Non--Communicating Thermostat:  
S
The ODF fan delay defeat can be toggled by shorting the  
forced defrost pins for >15 seconds while in the standby  
mode (status LED on solid). The LED will start to flash  
when the toggle has taken place.  
The liquid solenoid is connect to the Y1 and C terminal  
connections. The liquid solenoid closes, in the compressor off  
mode, to prevent refrigerant migration into the unit through the  
liquid--line.  
S
S
Status code 4 shows the fan delay defeat is active (no  
delay)  
Status code 3 shows that it is not active (20 second  
delay)  
CHECK CHARGE  
The code will continue to be displayed until after the short is  
removed. Once the short is removed, there is a 5 second wait  
before the code is cancelled. The code that is flashing will finish  
before going back to sold LED. the control is shipped with the  
ODF fan delay defeat NOT active. the change in status is  
remembered until toggled to a new status. A power down / power  
up sequence will not reset the status. It may be necessary to do the  
toggle twice to cycle to the desired state of defeat.  
All 286B units must be charged in high stage only.  
Factory charge amount and desired subcooling are shown on unit  
rating plate. Charging method is shown on information plate inside  
unit. To properly check or adjust charge, conditions must be  
favorable for subcooling charging. Favorable conditions exist  
when the outdoor temperature is between 70_F and 100_F  
(21.11_C and 37.78_C), and the indoor temperature is between  
70_F and 80_F (21.11_C and 26.67_C). Follow the procedure  
below:  
Defrost Hold  
in a non--communicating system, if the thermostat becomes  
satisfied (Y1 or Y1 and Y2) before the defrost cycle is terminated,  
the control will “hold” in defrost mode and finish the defrost cycle  
on the next call for heat.  
Unit is factory charged for 15ft (4.57 m) of lineset. Adjust charge  
by adding or removing 0.6 oz/ft of 3/8 liquid line above or below  
15ft (4.57 m) respectively.  
With communicating Evolution Control, defrost hold is not needed  
in a communicating system because the User Interface will  
complete the defrost cycle before shutting down the system.  
For standard refrigerant line lengths (80 ft/24.38 m or less), allow  
system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes. If conditions  
are favorable, check system charge by subcooling method. If any  
adjustment is necessary, adjust charge slowly and allow system to  
operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly  
charged system.  
Forced Defrost  
With non--communicating (non--Evolution) control, forced defrost  
can be initiated by manually shorting the 2--pin header labeled  
FORCED DEFROST (see Fig 43) on the control board for 5  
seconds then releasing.  
With communicating (Evolution) control, forced defrost is initiated  
with the User Interface.  
If the indoor temperature is above 80_F (26.67_C), and the  
outdoor temperature is in the favorable range, adjust system charge  
by weight based on line length and allow the indoor temperature to  
drop to 80_F (26.67_C) before attempting to check system charge  
by subcooling method as described above.  
On all models, during a Forced Defrost:  
If the indoor temperature is below 70_F (21.11_C), or the outdoor  
temperature is not in the favorable range, adjust charge for line set  
length above or below 15ft (4.57 m) only. Charge level should then  
be appropriate for the system to achieve rated capacity. The charge  
level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor  
and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range.  
NOTE: If line length is beyond 80 ft (24.38 m) or greater than 20  
ft (6.10 m) vertical separation, See Long Line Guideline for  
special charging requirements.  
S
If coil temperature is at defrost temperature of 32_F, and  
outdoor air temperature is below 50_F, a full defrost  
sequence will occur.  
S
If coil temperature or outdoor air temperature does not  
meet the above requirements, an abbreviated 30 second  
defrost will occur.  
Quiet Shift  
Quiet Shift is a field--selectable defrost mode which may eliminate  
occasional noise that could be heard at the start of the defrost cycle  
and restarting of the heating cycle.  
non--communicating system, this feature must be enabled by  
selecting the 3rd position of the 3--position dip switch. For models  
with communicating (Evolution) systems, it must be enabled at the  
User Interface. When activated, the following sequence of  
Heating Check Chart Procedure  
On models with  
a
To check system operation during heating cycle, refer to the Heat  
Pump Charging Instructions label on outdoor unit. This chart  
indicates whether a correct relationship exists between system  
operating pressure and air temperature entering indoor and outdoor  
units. If pressure and temperature do not match on chart, system  
refrigerant charge may not be correct. Do not use chart to adjust  
refrigerant charge.  
NOTE: In heating mode, check refrigerant charge only when  
pressures are stable. If in doubt, remove charge and weigh in  
correct refrigerant charge.  
operation will occur.  
Reversing valve will energize and  
compressor will turn off for 30 seconds, then turn back on to  
complete defrost. At the end of the defrost cycle, the reversing  
valve de--energizes, compressor will turn off for another 30  
seconds, and the fan will turn off for 40 seconds, before starting in  
the heating mode.  
NOTE: When charging is necessary during heating season, charge  
must be weighed in accordance with unit rating plate, ±0.6 oz./ft.  
of 3/8--in. liquid--line above or below 15 ft., respectively.  
Liquid--Line Solenoid Accessory  
In heat pump long--line applications, a liquid--line solenoid is  
required to control refrigerant migration in the heating mode. The  
solenoid should be installed near the outdoor unit with the arrow  
facing the outdoor unit. This is the direction of flow control. See  
application manual for long--line application details.  
EXAMPLE:  
To calculate additional charge required for a 25--ft. line set:  
25 ft. -- 15 ft. = 10 ft. X 0.6 oz./ft. = 6 oz. of additional charge.  
Accessory Liquid Solenoid with Evolution Communicating  
Control:  
When using the Evolution Control, the liquid--line solenoid output  
is provided at the Y1 connection. Connect the solenoid as shown in  
the wiring label diagram. This is a 24vac output that is energized  
whenever the compressor is energized. It closes, in the compressor  
58  
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND  
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION  
The outdoor unit control system has special functions. The  
following is an overview of the two--stage control functions:  
Compressor Operation on 289B/180B Models:  
The basic scroll design has been modified with the addition of an  
internal unloading mechanism that opens a bypass port in the first  
compression pocket, effectively reducing the displacement of the  
scroll. The opening and closing of the bypass port is controlled by  
an internal electrically operated solenoid.  
Cooling and Heating Operation  
The 286B/187B/289B/180B model utilizes either a standard  
2--stage indoor thermostat or Evolution Communication User  
Interface. With a call for first stage cooling, the outdoor fan,  
reversing valve, and low stage compressor are energized. If  
low--stage cannot satisfy cooling demand, high--stage cooling is  
energized by the second stage of indoor thermostat or User  
Interface. After second stage is satisfied, the unit returns to  
low--stage operation until first stage is satisfied or until second  
stage is required again. When both first stage and second stage  
cooling are satisfied, the compressor will shut off. The reversing  
valve will remain energized until the control board power is  
removed or a call for heating in initiated. With a call for heating,  
the outdoor fan and compressor are energized. The compressor will  
operate in high or low stage operation, as needed to meet the  
heating demand. When the heating demand is satisfied, the  
compressor and fan will shut off. The reversing valve is  
de--energized in the heating mode.  
The modulated scroll uses a single step of unloading to go from  
full capacity to approximately 67% capacity. A single speed, high  
efficiency motor continues to run while the scroll modulates  
between the two capacity steps. Modulation is achieved by venting  
a portion of the gas in the first suction pocket back to the low side  
of the compressor, thereby reducing the effective displacement of  
the compressor. Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents,  
thus increasing the displacement to 100%. A DC solenoid in the  
compressor controlled by a rectified 24 volt AC signal in the  
external solenoid plug moves the slider ring that covers and  
uncovers these vents. The vent covers are arranged in such a  
manner that the compressor operates at approximately 67%  
capacity when the solenoid is not energized and 100% capacity  
when the solenoid is energized.  
NOTE: When two--stage unit is operating at low--stage, system  
vapor (suction) pressure will be higher than a standard single--stage  
system or high--stage operation.  
The loading and unloading of the two step scroll is done “on the  
fly” without shutting off the motor between steps.  
NOTE: 67% compressor capacity translates to approximately 80%  
cooling or heating capacity at the indoor coil. The compressor will  
always start unloaded and stay unloaded for five seconds even  
when the thermostat is calling for high stage.  
NOTE: Outdoor fan motor will continue to operate for one minute  
after compressor shuts off, when outdoor ambient is greater than or  
equal to 100°F. This reduces pressure differential for easier starting  
on next cycle.  
Fan Motor  
NOTE: If unit has not operated within the past 12 hours, or  
following a unit power--up, upon the next thermostat high-- or  
low--stage demand, unit operates for a minimum of 5 minutes in  
high--stage.  
Fan motor rotates the fan blade that either draws or blows air  
through outdoor coil to exchange heat between refrigerant and air.  
Motors are totally enclosed to increase reliability. This also  
eliminates need for rain shield.  
On models with non--communicating (non--Evolution) systems,  
with first stage of cooling, Y1 and O are powered on; and with  
second stage of cooling, Y1, Y2, and O are on. For these systems,  
with first stage of heating Y1 is on and for second stage of heating,  
Y1 and Y2 are on. When the reversing valve is energized, O is  
powered on.  
!
WARNING  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or death.  
Communication and Status Function Lights For  
Evolution Control only, Green communications  
(COMM) Light  
A green LED (COMM light) on the outdoor board indicates  
successful communication with the other system products. The  
green LED will remain OFF until communication is established.  
Once a valid command is received, the green LED will turn ON  
continuously. If no communication is received within 2 minutes,  
the LED will be turned OFF until the next valid communication.  
Turn off all power to unit before servicing or replacing fan  
motor. Be sure unit main power switch is turned off.  
The bearings are permanently lubricated; therefore, no oil ports are  
provided.  
For suspected electrical failures, check for loose or faulty electrical  
connections, or defective fan--motor capacitor. Fan motor is  
equipped with thermal overload device in motor windings which  
may open under adverse operating conditions. Allow time for  
motor to cool so device can reset. Further checking of motor can be  
done with an ohmmeter. Set scale on R X 1 position; check for  
continuity between three leads. Replace motors that show an open  
circuit in any of the windings. Place 1 lead of ohmmeter on each  
motor lead. At same time, place other ohmmeter lead on motor case  
(ground). Replace any motor that shows resistance to ground, signs  
of arcing, burning, or overheating.  
Amber Status Light  
An amber colored STATUS light is used to display the operation  
mode and fault codes as specified in the troubleshooting section.  
See Table 21 for codes and definitions.  
NOTE: Only one code will be displayed on the outdoor unit  
control board (the most recent, with the highest priority).  
Utility Interface With Evolution Control  
Located above the compressor is a single--speed fan motor and fan.  
The 180B/289B air conditioner and heat pump models use the  
ECM variable speed fan motor.  
The utility curtailment relay should be wired between R and Y2  
connections on the control board for Evolution Communicating  
Systems only (see Fig. 49.) This input allows a power utility device  
to interrupt compressor operation during peak load periods. When  
the utility sends a signal to shut the system down, the User  
Interface will display, “Curtailment Active”.  
59  
The outdoor Integral Control Motor (ECM), is a variable--speed  
motor which operates from 450 to 850 rpm. The motor is a dc  
permanent magnet--type motor with the electronic controls  
integrated into its rear cover. The control package includes a small  
diode bridge, capacitors, and power switching devices. It converts  
ac to dc power and switches the dc power to the motor windings on  
and off at various rates to control the motor speed. The speed at  
which the motor windings are thus commutated is determined by a  
pulse width modulated (PWM) signal which is received from the  
control board on the motor control lines.  
The PWM signal is created by turning a DC signal on and off once  
within a given period of time. The signal on time relative to the  
signal total period defines the percent of the PWM. For example, if  
the period is 5 sec and the control power is turned on for 1 sec then  
off, the signal will remain off for 4 sec before turning on again to  
start the next cycle. The PWM is called a 20 percent duty cycle  
signal. If the on time is increased to 4 sec of the 5 sec period, the  
PWM is called an 80 percent duty cycle. The ECM reads the PWM  
signal and increases the motor speed linearly from minimum speed  
to maximum speed with the percent duty cycle value of the  
supplied PWM signal.  
ECM Fan Motor Troubleshooting  
If the outdoor fan motor fails to start and run:  
S
Check the high--voltage supply. The unit need not be  
running to check high voltage, but the power must be on.  
S
If the 230vac is present, use Table 19 to check for proper  
control voltage output to the fan motor from the control  
board. The control board sends DC voltage signals to the  
motor through the terminals labeled PWM1 and PWM2  
Set a voltmeter on a DC voltage scale and check across  
these terminals.  
S
S
First check voltage with the motor disconnected. If no  
control voltage is present, check control--board  
connections. If connections are good, replace the control  
board.  
If voltage is present, reconnect the motor and check  
again. Shut down the unit to reconnect the motor and  
restart the unit to complete this troubleshooting  
procedure. If control voltage is no longer present or  
motor fails to respond, check motor connections.  
S
If connections are good, replace the motor.  
Outdoor Fan Motor Operation  
There are two different types of motors used in the Evolution  
2--stage outdoor units. The 286B models use a PSC type fan motor,  
and the speed does not change between high and low speed  
operation.  
Time Delays  
The unit time delays include:  
S
Five minute time delay to start cooling or heating  
operation when there is a call from the thermostat or user  
interface. To bypass this feature, momentarily short and  
release Forced Defrost pins.  
On 289B models, an ECM fan motor is used to achieve higher  
efficiency ratings of the system. The outdoor unit control energizes  
outdoor fan anytime compressor is operating, except for defrost or  
low--ambient cooling. The outdoor fan remains energized if a  
pressure switch or compressor overload should open. The outdoor  
fan motor will continue to operate for one minute after the  
compressor shuts off when the outdoor ambient is greater than or  
equal to 100°F/37.7°C. This reduces pressure differential for easier  
starting on next cycle. On 286B/187B models, the outdoor fan  
remains energized during the 1--minute compressor staging time  
delay.  
S
S
S
Five minute compressor re--cycle delay on return from a  
brown--out condition.  
Two minute time delay to return to standby operation  
from last valid communication (with Evolution only).  
One minute time delay of outdoor fan at termination of  
cooling mode when outdoor ambient is greater than or  
equal to 100_F.  
S
S
S
S
Fifteen second delay at termination of defrost before the  
auxiliary heat (W1) is de--energized.  
On 286B/187B models, the outdoor fan motor is a PSC type. A fan  
relay on the control board turns the fan off and on by opening and  
closing a high voltage circuit to the motor. It does not change  
speeds between low and high stage operation.  
On 289B/180B models, the outdoor fan is an ECM type. The  
motor control is continuously powered with high voltage. The  
motor speed is determined by electrical pulses provided by the  
PWM outputs on the control board. The ECM motor RPM adjusts  
to outdoor conditions as described in Table 19. The PWM output  
can be measured with a volt meter set to DC volts.  
Twenty second delay at termination of defrost before the  
outdoor fan is energized.  
Thirty second compressor delay when quiet shift  
enabled.  
On 226A, 266A, 286B models there is a 1 minute time  
delay between staging from low to high and from high to  
low capacity. On 289B models there is no delay; the  
compressor will change from low to high and from high  
to low capacity “on the fly” to meet the demand.  
In low ambient cooling (below 55°F/12.7°C), the control board  
cycles the fan off and on.  
Pressure Switches  
Table 19—Outdoor Fan Motor PWM  
Outdoor Temp (DC volts, Tolerance +/-- 2%)  
Low & High  
The Puronr two--stage air conditioner contains two pressure  
switches to prevent system operation if the pressures get  
excessively high or low. The air conditioner low pressure switch in  
the suction line opens at 50 PSI and closes at 95 PSI. The high  
pressure switch opens at 670 PSI and closes at 470 PSI. Both  
pressure switch settings are considerably higher than on  
comparably sized R--22 units. The high and low pressure switches  
can be identified by their pink stripe on the switch’s electrical  
wires.  
Low Stage  
High Stage  
Model  
Stage  
(OAT>104_F / 40_C)  
(OAT104_F / 40_C)  
(OAT104_F / 40_C)  
289BNA036  
289BNA048  
289BNA060  
9.06  
9.91  
10.23  
11.04  
11.70  
11.90  
11.90  
11.90  
10.83  
180BNA024  
180BNA036  
180BNA048  
180BNA060  
9.57  
9.06  
9.91  
10.88  
10.23  
11.04  
11.70  
11.90  
11.90  
11.90  
11.90  
The Puronr two--stage heat pump contains a loss of charge switch  
in the suction line on 286B and 289B, and liquid line on 226A and  
266A which opens at 23 PSI and closes at 55 PSI. See  
troubleshooting section for sequence when a pressure switch trip  
occurs.  
10.83  
NOTE: For 289B models in low---ambient cooling, the PWM output for  
both h igh --- an d l ow --- stage equ al s th e val u e f or l ow --- stage  
operation below 55_F (12.8_C).  
60  
Muffler, Accumulator, Reversing Valve (RVS)  
Control Box  
The Puronr two--stage air conditioners and heat pumps have a  
compressor discharge line muffler, to dampen sound pressure  
pulsations.  
The Puronr two--stage heat pumps have a specifically designed  
reversing valve, for Puronr application and an accumulator for  
storing excess liquid refrigerant during the heating mode to prevent  
damaging flood--back.  
Contactor And Capacitor  
Removal of the information plate exposes the control components.  
Both air conditioner and heat pump control boxes will appear to be  
nearly identical. There are two contactors, two capacitors, a control  
board and a compressor start assist. The contactors are identical to  
those used in the standard single speed units. One controls low  
capacity operation and the second controls high speed. The  
capacitors also are similar to those used in standard single speed  
units. You have a fan capacitor for the outdoor fan motor, and a run  
capacitor for the compressor motor. The control board, start  
capacitor, and start relay control the starting of the compressor.  
Thermistors  
Outdoor Ambient Thermistor  
The Puronr two--speed air conditioner and heat pump units have  
an outdoor ambient air thermistor. The control board must know  
the outdoor air temperature so it can activate various functions.  
These functions include:  
Always replace these devices with the Factory Approved  
Components.  
Incoming Power  
S
Activating the compressor crankcase heater when ever  
the outdoor unit is in the off cycle.  
Incoming power is attached to the two power wire stripped leads.  
A ground lug is also provided. Outdoor unit should always be  
grounded through the ground lug to the unit disconnect and from  
the disconnect to the electrical fuse box. Failure to do so can cause  
serious injury or death.  
S
The fan motor speed changes for both air conditioner  
and heat pump on the ECM equipped units.  
Outdoor Coil Thermistor(OCT)  
Start Circuit Sequence of Operation -- 187B & 286B  
The coil or defrost thermistor is the same thermistor used to  
monitor outdoor air temperature. The control board must know the  
coil temperature so it can activate various functions. These  
functions include:  
On a call for high-- or low--stage compressor operation, the start  
relay is closed by the control board through the Vs, Vr, and L2  
terminals. This puts the start capacitor in the circuit. Compressor  
voltage is sensed on the VR and VS terminals throughout the  
process. As the compressor comes up to speed, the control board  
senses the change in voltage across VR and VS, and opens the start  
relay at the appropriate voltage. The control is programmed with  
the parameters for opening the start circuit. The voltage will be  
different for high-- and low--stage, and for different unit sizes.  
S
S
S
Frost sensing on heat pumps  
Coil--vs--Ambient temperature relationship  
Low ambient cooling operation  
Thermistor Curve  
The resistance vs. temperature chart enables the service technicians  
to check thermistor resistance, regardless of the temperature.  
Since the same control board is used in all 2--stage units, the model  
plug determines the start circuit voltage.  
For example, at a 60_F temperature, thermistor resistance should  
be around 16,000 Ohms. (See Fig. 43.)  
Troubleshooting 187B & 286B Start Circuit:  
If starting problems are encountered, the control board will flash  
fault codes to help indicate where the problem was encountered.  
See Table 21 for appropriate actions by active fault code.  
We will talk about the thermistor in more detail when we review  
the control board fault codes.  
S
First check that the model plug is correct for the unit  
model and size, and that it is installed properly  
THERMISTOR CURVE  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
10  
0
START CAPACITOR  
MOUNTING HOLES  
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
(-17.77) (-6.67)  
(4.44)  
(15.56) (26.67) (37.78) (48.89)  
TEMPERATURE °F (°C)  
A08054  
Fig. 43 – Resistance Values Versus Temperature  
START RELAY  
MOUNTING HOLE  
TAB ON BOTTOM OF  
START RELAY TO BE  
PLACED IN THIS CORNER  
A10157  
Fig. 44 – Start Relay and Capacitor Mounting Locations  
Evolution / Evolution in Cube Cabinet  
61  
MODEL  
PLUG  
MODEL  
PLUG  
UTILITY RELAY  
*
UTILITY SIGNAL  
OPEN RELAY  
LLS  
Liquid Line Solenoid  
*
SUPPLIED BY UTILITY PROVIDER  
A06525/.A06526  
Fig. 45 – 2--Stage Control Board  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
Pressure Switch Protection  
The outdoor unit is equipped with high-- and low--pressure  
switches. If the control senses the opening of a high-- or  
low--pressure switch, it will respond as follows:  
Troubleshooting (HK38EA015) circuit board  
The Evolution Series outdoor units all use the same control board.  
A model plug is used to identify the system type, and set the  
operating parameters for airflow, start circuit timing etc. (see Model  
Plug section)  
Replacement boards may have a different part number from the  
original board. A newer board will always be backward compatible  
to previous units if it is superseded at RCD. Old boards are not  
always forward compatible due to new functions, or software  
changes made to resolve field issues.  
1. De--energize the appropriate compressor contactor.  
2. Keep the outdoor fan operating for 15 minutes.  
3. Display the appropriate fault code (see Table 21).  
4. After a 15 minute delay, if there is a call for cooling or  
heating and LPS or HPS is reset, the appropriate  
compressor contactor is energized.  
5. If LPS or HPS has not closed after a 15 minute delay, the  
outdoor fan is turned off. If the open switch closes anytime  
after the 15 minute delay, then resume operation with a call  
for cooling or heating.  
Systems Communication Failure  
If communication with the Evolution control is lost with the User  
Interface, the control will flash the appropriate fault code. (See  
Table 21.) Check the wiring to the UI and the indoor and outdoor  
units.  
6. If LPS or HPS trips 3 consecutive cycles, the unit operation  
is locked out for 4 hours.  
Model Plug  
7. In the event of a high--pressure switch trip or high--pressure  
lockout, check the refrigerant charge, outdoor fan operation,  
and outdoor coil (in cooling) for airflow restrictions, or  
indoor airflow in heating.  
8. In the event of a low--pressure switch trip or low--pressure  
lockout, check the refrigerant charge and indoor airflow  
(cooling) and outdoor fan operation and outdoor coil in  
heating.  
Each control board contains a model plug. The correct model plug  
must be installed for or the system to operate properly. (See Table  
18.)  
The model plug is used to identify the type and size of unit to the  
control. On 286B models, the model plug is also used to determine  
the start sequence timing for each individual model.  
On new units, the model and serial numbers are input into the  
board’s memory at the factory. If a model plug is lost or missing at  
initial installation, the unit will operate according to the  
information input at the factory and the appropriate error code will  
flash temporarily. An RCD replacement board contains no model  
and serial information. If the factory control board fails, the model  
plug must be transferred from the original board to the replacement  
board for the unit to operate.  
Control Fault  
If the outdoor unit control board has failed, the control will flash  
the appropriate fault code (see Table 21). The control board should  
be replaced.  
Brown--Out Protection  
If the line voltage is less than 187v for at least 4 seconds, the  
appropriate compressor contactor and fan relay are de--energized.  
Compressor and fan operation are not allowed until voltage is a  
minimum of 190v. The control will flash the appropriate fault code  
(see Table 21).  
NOTE: The model plug takes priority over factory model  
information input at the factory. If the model plug is removed after  
initial power up, the unit will operate according to the last valid  
model plug installed, and flash the appropriate fault code  
temporarily.  
62  
230v Brown--Out Protection Defeated  
289B Compressor Thermal Cutout  
The brownout feature can be defeated if needed for severe noisy  
power conditions. This defeat should always be a last resort to  
solving the problem. Defeat is available on the User Interface  
setup screen (available with SYSTXBBUID01--C UI) or can be  
initiated through the forced defrost pins for non--communicating  
systems as follows:  
If the control senses the compressor voltage after start--up and is  
then absent for 10 consecutive seconds while cooling or heating  
demand exists, the thermal protector is open. The control  
de--energizes the compressor contactor for 15 minutes, but  
continues to operate the outdoor fan. The control Status LED will  
flash the appropriate code shown in Table 21. After 15 minutes,  
with a call for low or high stage cooling or heating, the compressor  
contactor is energized. If the thermal protector has not re--set, the  
outdoor fan is turned off. If the call for cooling or heating  
continues, the control will energize the compressor contactor every  
15 minutes. If the thermal protector closes, (at the next 15 minute  
interval check) the unit will resume operation.  
The brownout toggle is accomplished by shorting the defrost pins  
from power up with the OAT and OCT sensor connector removed.  
After 3 seconds, the status of the force defrost short and the  
OAT/OCT as open will be checked. If correct, then the brownout  
will be toggled.  
S
S
Status code 6 shows the brownout is disabled.  
Status code 5 shows the brownout is active.  
If the thermal cutout trips for three consecutive cycles, then unit  
operation is locked out for 4 hours and the appropriate fault code is  
displayed.  
After the brownout defeat is set, power down and reinstall the  
OAT/OCT sensor and remove the short from the forced defrost  
pins. As long as the short on the forced defrost remains, the OAT  
and OCT faults will not be cleared. The code will continue to be  
flashed.  
Low or High Contactor Open (286B models) / No  
230V at Compressor Contractor (289B models)  
If the compressor voltage is not sensed when the compressor  
should be starting, the appropriate contactor may be stuck open or  
there is a wiring error. The control will flash the appropriate fault  
code. Check the contactor and control box wiring.  
The control is shipped with the brownout active. The change in  
status is remembered until toggled to a new status. A power  
down/power up sequence will not reset the status. It may be  
necessary to do the toggle twice to cycle to the desired state of the  
defeat.  
Troubleshooting 289B/286B units for proper  
switching between low & high stages  
Check the suction pressures at the service valves. Suction pressure  
should be reduced by 3--10% when switching from low to high  
capacity.  
NOTE: The liquid pressures are very similar between low and  
high stage operation, so liquid pressure should not be used for  
troubleshooting.  
230V Line (Power Disconnect) Detection  
If there is no 230v at the compressor contactor(s) when the indoor  
unit is powered and cooling or heating demand exists, the  
appropriate fault code is displayed. Verify the disconnect is closed  
and 230v wiring is connected to the unit.  
Compressor Voltage Sensing  
Compressor current should increase 20--45% when switching from  
low to high stage. The compressor solenoid when energized in  
high stage, should measure 24vac.  
When the compressor is operating in low stage the 24v DC  
compressor solenoid coil is de--energized. When the compressor is  
operating in high stage, the 24v DC solenoid coil is energized. The  
solenoid plug harness that is connected to the compressor HAS an  
internal rectifier that converts the 24v DC signal to 24v AC. DO  
The control board input terminals labeled VS, VR and L2 on  
286B/187B models and VS and L2 on 289B/180B models (see  
Fig. 45) are used to detect compressor voltage status and alert the  
user of potential problems. The control continuously monitors the  
high voltage on the run capacitor of the compressor motor. Voltage  
should be present any time the compressor contactor is energized  
and voltage should not be present when the contactor is  
de--energized.  
NOT INSTALL  
RECTIFIER.  
A
PLUG WITHOUT AN INTERNAL  
Contactor Shorted Detection  
If there is compressor voltage sensed when there is no demand for  
compressor operation, the contactor may be stuck closed or there  
may be a wiring error. The control will flash the appropriate fault  
code.  
Unloader Test Procedure  
The unloader is the compressor internal mechanism, controlled by  
the DC solenoid, that modulates between high and low stage. If it  
is suspected that the unloader is not working, the following  
methods may be used to verify operation.  
286B Models -- Compressor Thermal Cutout  
The control senses the compressor voltage at VR and VS. When  
starting or running, a phase difference of the voltages on the inputs  
will indicate the thermal protector is closed. If the phase difference  
is 5_ or less for 10 seconds, the internal protector is open. The  
control de--energizes the appropriate compressor contactor for 15  
minutes, but continues to operate the outdoor fan. The control  
Status LED will flash the appropriate code shown in Table 21.  
After 15 minutes, with a call for low or high stage cooling or  
heating, the appropriate compressor contactor is energized. If the  
thermal protector has not re--set, the outdoor fan is turned off. If  
the call for cooling or heating continues, the control will energize  
the compressor contactor every 15 minutes. If the thermal  
protector closes, (at the next 15 minute interval check) the unit will  
resume operation.  
1. Operate the system and measure compressor amperage.  
Cycle the unloader on and off at 30 second plus intervals at  
the UI (from low to high stage and back to low stage). Wait  
5 seconds after staging to high before taking a reading. The  
compressor amperage should go up or down at least 20  
percent.  
2. If the expected result is not achieved, remove the solenoid  
plug from the compressor and with the unit running and the  
UI calling for high stage, test the voltage output at the plug  
with a DC voltmeter. The reading should be 4 to 18 volts.  
3. If the correct DC voltage is at the control circuit molded  
plug, measure the compressor unloader coil resistance. The  
resistance should be 32 to 60 ohms depending on  
compressor temperature. If the coil resistance is infinity,  
much lower than 32 ohms, or is grounded, the compressor  
must be replaced.  
If the thermal cutout trips for three consecutive cycles, then unit  
operation is locked out for 4 hours and the appropriate fault code is  
displayed.  
63  
The thermistor comparison is not performed during low ambient  
cooling or defrost operation.  
Temperature Thermistors  
Thermistors are electronic devices which sense temperature. As the  
temperature increases, the resistance decreases. Thermistors are  
used to sense outdoor air (OAT) and coil temperature (OCT).  
Refer to Fig. 43 for resistance values versus temperature.  
Failed Thermistor Default Operation  
Factory defaults have been provided in the event of failure of  
outdoor air thermistor (OAT) and/or outdoor coil thermistor  
(OCT).  
If the OAT sensor should fail, low ambient cooling will not be  
allowed and the one--minute outdoor fan off delay will not occur.  
Defrost will be initiated based on coil temperature and time.  
If the outdoor air or coil thermistor should fail, the control will  
flash the appropriate fault code. (See Table 21.)  
IMPORTANT: The outdoor air thermistor and coil thermistor  
should be factory mounted in the final locations. Check to  
ensure thermistors are mounted properly per Fig. 46 and Fig.  
47.  
If the OCT sensor should fail, low ambient cooling will not be  
allowed. Defrost will occur at each time interval during heating  
operation, but will terminate after 5 minutes.  
Thermistor Sensor Comparison  
The control continuously monitors and compares the outdoor air  
temperature sensor and outdoor coil temperature sensor to ensure  
proper operating conditions. The comparison is:  
If there is a thermistor out of range error, defrost will occur at each  
time interval during heating operation, but will terminate after 5  
minutes.  
Count the number of short and long flashes to determine the  
appropriate flash code. Table 21 gives possible causes and actions  
related to each error.  
S
In cooling if the outdoor air sensor indicates 10_F  
warmer than the coil sensor (or) the outdoor air sensor  
indicates 20_F cooler than the coil sensor, the sensors  
are out of range.  
S
In heating if the outdoor air sensor indicates 35_F  
warmer than the coil sensor (or) the outdoor air sensor  
indicates 10_F cooler than the coil sensor, the sensors  
are out of range.  
If the sensors are out of range, the control will flash the appropriate  
fault code as shown in Table 21.  
OAT Thermistor must be locked in  
place with spherical nib end facing to-  
wards the front of the control box  
OCT Thermistor  
must be secured  
tight on stub tube.  
Fig. 46 – Outdoor Air Thermistor (OAT) Attachment  
Fig. 47 – Outdoor Coil Thermistor (OCT) Attachment  
64  
Table 20—Two--Stage Compressor Resistances  
(Winding Resistance at 70_F±20_)  
Winding  
Start (S-C)  
Run (R-C)  
286BNA024  
1.40  
286BNA036  
1.29  
286BNA048  
286BNA060  
0.60  
1.52  
0.64  
1.32  
0.89  
0.49  
Status Codes  
Table 21 shows the status codes flashed by the amber status light.  
Most system problems can be diagnosed by reading the status code  
as flashed by the amber status light on the control board.  
The short flash is 0.25 seconds ON and the long flash is 1.0 second  
ON. Time between flashes is 0.25 seconds. Time between short  
flash and first long flash is 1.0 second. Time between code  
repeating is 2.5 seconds with LED OFF.  
The codes are flashed by a series of short and long flashes of the  
status light. The short flashes indicate the first digit in the status  
code, followed by long flashes indicating the second digit of the  
error code.  
EXAMPLE:  
3 short flashes followed by 2 long flashes indicates a 32 code.  
Table 21 shows this to be low pressure switch open.  
Table 21—TROUBLESHOOTING  
AMBER  
LED  
FLASH  
CODE  
OPERATION  
FAULT  
POSSIBLE CAUSE AND ACTION  
On solid,  
no flash  
Standby – no call for unit operation  
None  
Normal operation  
Low Stage Cool/Heat Operation  
High Stage Cool/Heat Operation  
None  
None  
1, pause  
2, pause  
Normal operation  
Normal operation  
System Commu-  
nications Failure  
Communication with User Interface lost. Check wiring to UI, indoor and  
outdoor units  
16  
25  
Control does not detect a model plug or detects an invalid model plug. Unit  
will not operate without correct model plug.  
Invalid Model Plug  
High Pressure  
Switch Open  
High---pressure switch trip. Check refrigerant charge, outdoor fan operation  
and coils for airflow restrictions.  
31*  
Low Pressure  
Switch Open  
32*  
45  
Low---pressure switch trip. Check refrigerant charge and indoor air flow.  
Outdoor unit control board has failed. Control board needs to be replaced.  
Control Fault  
Line voltage < 187v for at least 4 seconds. Compressor and fan operation  
not allowed until voltage>190v. Verify line voltage.  
Brown Out (230v)  
46  
No 230v at Unit  
Measured at L1  
and L2 on circuit  
board  
There is no 230v at the contactor when indoor unit is powered and cooling/  
heating demand exists. Verify the disconnect is closed and 230v wiring is  
connected to the unit.  
47  
Outdoor Air Temp  
Sensor Fault  
Outdoor air sensor not reading or out of range. Ohm out sensor and check  
wiring.  
53  
55  
56  
Outdoor Coil  
Sensor Fault  
Coil sensor not reading or out of range. Ohm out sensor and check wiring.  
Thermistors out of  
range  
Improper relationship between coil sensor and outdoor air sensor. Ohm out  
sensors and check wiring.  
Compressor operation detected then disappears while low stage demand  
exists. Possible causes are internal compressor overload trip or start relay  
and capacitor held in circuit too long (if installed).  
Low Stage  
Thermal Cutout  
71*  
Compressor operation detected then disappears while high stage demand  
exists. Possible causes are internal compressor overload trip or start relay  
and capacitor held in circuit too long (if installed).  
Compressor voltage sensed when no demand for compressor operation  
exists. Contactor may be stuck closed or there is a wiring error.  
High Stage  
Thermal Cutout  
72*  
73*  
74  
Contactor Shorted  
No 230V at  
Compressor (289B  
Only)  
Compressor voltage not sensed when compressor should be starting. Con-  
tactor may be stuck open or there is a wiring error.  
Low Stage  
Thermal Lockout  
Thermal cutout occurs in three consecutive low/high stage cycles. Low  
stage locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
81  
82  
83  
84  
High Stage  
Thermal Lockout  
Thermal cutout occurs in three consecutive high/low stage cycles. High  
stage locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
L ow --- Pr essu r e  
Lockout  
Low pressure switch trip has occurred during 3 consecutive cycles. Unit  
operation locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
High --- Pr essu r e  
Lockout  
High pressure switch trip has occurred during 3 consecutive cycles. Unit  
operation locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
*
Sequence: Compressor contactor is de---energized and outdoor fan is energized for up to 15 minutes. If demand still exists, control will energize  
compressor contactor after 15 minute delay. If fault is cleared, unit will resume operation. If fault still exists, fan shuts off, and error code continues to flash.  
Control will attempt re---start every 15 minutes. Cycling low voltage defeats the 15 minute delay.  
65  
2 STAGE  
HEAT PUMP  
FAN  
COIL  
Variable Speed  
Furnace  
2-Stage  
Heat Pump  
THERMIDISTAT  
Thermidistat  
O
O
O
Y1  
Y1  
RVS/Heat Stage 2  
O/B W2  
W/W1  
Y1  
RVS Cooling  
O/B W2  
W/W1  
Y1 / W2  
Y/Y2  
G
W2  
W1  
W1  
W2  
Y/Y2  
G
Heat Stage 1  
Compressor Low  
Compressor High  
Fan  
W/W1  
W1  
Y1  
Y2  
*
Heat Stage 3 (furnace)  
Heat/Cool Stage 1  
Heat/Cool Stage 2  
Fan  
REMOVE J2  
JUMPER FOR  
HEAT STAGING  
Y/Y2  
G
Y2  
Y/Y2  
G
24VAC Hot Heating  
24VAC Hot Cooling  
Dry Contact 1  
Rh  
R
R
24VAC Hot Heating  
24VAC Hot Cooling  
Dry Contact 1  
Rh  
R
R
Rc  
REMOVE J1 FOR  
DEHUMIDIFY  
MODES  
Rc  
D1  
DH  
C
D1  
DHUM  
COM  
Dry Contact 2  
D2  
C
Dry Contact 2  
D2  
24VAC Common  
Humidify  
C
C
24VAC Common  
Humidify  
C
HUM  
OAT  
RRS  
SRTN  
Humidifier Solenoid  
HUM  
OAT  
RRS  
OAT/RRS  
Outdoor Air Temp  
Remote Room Sensor  
OAT/RRS Com  
Valve  
*
Humidifier Solenoid  
Valve *  
Outdoor Air Temp  
Remote Room Sensor  
OAT/RRS Com  
Outdoor Sensor *  
Remote Room  
Sensor *  
Outdoor Sensor *  
Remote Room  
Sensor *  
*
Indicates connection may not be required / available.  
A08055  
A10107  
Fig. 48 – Thermidistat Models T6-PRH-01 or T6-NRH-01)  
Wiring with 2-Stage Heat Pump (non-communicating)  
Fig. 49 – Thermidistat Model T6-PRH-01 or T6-NRH-01 with  
Variable Speed Furnace and 2-Stage Heat Pump  
(non-communicating)  
Communicating HP  
User Interface  
Furnace or Fan Coil  
D
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
C
B
A
R
*
Humidifier  
* See Humidifier Instructions for proper wiring.  
A08091  
Fig. 50 – Variable Speed Furnace or Fan Coil Wiring with Commu-  
nicating 2-Stage HP  
A09567  
Fig. 51 – Single Stage Furnace with 2--Stage Air Conditioner  
LEGEND  
24v Factory Wiring  
24v Field Wiring  
R
Field Splice Connection  
A09306  
*
* See Humidifier Instructions for proper wiring.  
A09568  
Fig. 52 – 2--Stage Thermostat with Single--Stage Furnace and  
2--Stage Air Conditioner  
66  
TWO STAGE NON--COMMUNICATING  
127A/226A  
These units are  
a
low cost 2--stage option that is  
Airflow Selection for Variable Speed Furnaces  
(non--communicating)  
The variable speed furnaces provide blower operation to match the  
capacities of the compressor during high and low stage cooling  
operation. The furnace control board allows the installing  
technician to select the proper airflows for each stage of cooling.  
Below is a summary of required adjustments. See furnace  
installation instructions for more details:  
non--communicating utilizing 2 stage scroll technology. These  
units require Performance Boost furnace (313AAV, 353AAV),  
variable speed furnace (355AAV, 315AAV) or new model variable  
speed fan coil (FV4C). Variable speed fan coils prior to the FV4C  
will NOT be rated with the new Legacy Line two stage units as  
they are not capable of meeting the air flow requirements necessary  
for rating. These are designed to operate with basic 24 volt  
thermostat inputs.  
1. Turn SW1--5 ON for 400 CFM/ton airflow or OFF for 350  
CFM/ton airflow. Factory default is OFF.  
Operating Ambient  
The minimum outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode is 55_F  
(12.78_C), and the maximum outdoor operating ambient in  
cooling mode is 125_F (51.67_C) when operating voltage is 230v.  
For 208v applications, the maximum outdoor ambient is 120_F.  
2. The A/C DIP switch setting determines airflow during high  
stage cooling operation. Select the A/C DIP switch setting  
corresponding to the available airflow shown in the furnace  
Installation Instructions that most closely matches the re-  
quired airflow shown in the air conditioning Product Data  
for HIGH speed.  
3. The CF DIP switch setting determines airflow during low  
stage cooling operation. Select the CF DIP switch setting  
corresponding to the available airflow shown in the furnace  
installation instructions that most closely matches the re-  
quired airflow shown in the air conditioning Product Data  
for LOW speed. If a higher or lower continuous fan speed is  
desired, the continuous fan speed can be changed using the  
fan switch on the thermostat. Refer to the furnace Installa-  
tion Instructions for details of how to use this feature.  
NOTE: Units operating at high stage operation, 208v (or below)  
line voltage and at an outdoor ambient of 120_F (or greater), may  
experience compressor trip.  
NOTE: This product is not approved for low ambient cooling at  
this time, and no low ambient kit is available.  
Airflow Selections (ECM Furnaces)  
The ECM Furnaces provide blower operation to match the  
capacities of the compressor during high and low stage cooling  
operation. Tap selections on the furnace control board enable the  
installing technician to select the proper airflows for each stage of  
cooling. Below is a brief summary of the furnace airflow  
configurations  
Airflow Selection for FV4C Fan Coils  
(non--communicating)  
The FV4 provides high-- and low--stage blower operation to match  
the capacities of the compressor at high-- and low--stage.  
To select recommended airflow, refer to the FV4C Installation  
Instructions. The FV4C utilizes an Easy Select control board that  
allows the installing technician to select proper airflows. This fan  
coil has an adjustable blower--off delay factory set at 90 sec. for  
high-- and low--stage blower operation.  
1. The Y2 call for high stage cooling energizes the “Cool” tap  
on the control board. The grey wire from cool tap is connec-  
ted to tap 5 on the motor. Refer to the furnace Product Data  
to find the corresponding airflow. If the airflow setting for  
high cooling needs to be switched from tap 5 to a different  
tap, jumper a connection from the cool tap to the desired tap  
so that the Y2 signal is communicated via the cool tap to the  
desired speed tap.  
2. The Y1 call for low stage cooling energizes the “Fan” tap  
on the control board. The red wire from the fan tap is con-  
nected to tap 1 on the motor. Refer to the furnace Product  
Data to find the corresponding airflow. If the airflow setting  
for low cooling needs to be switched from tap 1 to a differ-  
ent tap, jumper a connection from the Fan tap to the desired  
tap so that the Y1 signal is communicated via the Fan tap to  
the desired speed tap. The Y1 setting will also govern the  
continuous fan airflow for the furnace.  
Refer to the literature for the furnace for further details.  
67  
SYSTEM FUNCTION AND SEQUENCE  
OF OPERATION  
NOTE: Defrost control board is equipped with 5 minute lockout  
Quiet Shift  
timer that is initiated upon any interruption of power.  
Quiet shift is a field selectable defrost mode (factory set to OFF),  
which will eliminate occasional noise that could be heard at the  
start of defrost cycle and restarting of heating cycle. It is selected  
by placing DIP switch 3 on defrost board (see Fig. 53) in the ON  
position.  
When Quiet Shift switch is placed in ON position, and a defrost is  
initiated, the following sequence of operation will occur. Reversing  
valve will energize, compressor will turn off for 30 seconds, and  
then turn back on to complete defrost. At the start of heating after  
conclusion of defrost, reversing valve will de--energize,  
compressor will turn off for another 30 seconds, and the fan will  
turn off for 40 seconds, before starting in the heating mode.  
Turn on power to indoor and outdoor units. Transformer is  
energized.  
Cooling  
On a call for cooling, thermostat makes circuits R--O, R--Y, and  
R--G. Circuit R--O energizes reversing valve, switching it to  
cooling position. Circuit R--Y sends low voltage through the  
safeties and energizes the T1 terminal on the circuit board. If the  
compressor has been off for 5 minutes, or power has not been  
cycled for 5 minutes, the OF2 relay and T2 terminal will energize.  
This will close the contactor, and start the outdoor fan motor and  
compressor.  
Defrost  
When the cycle is complete, R--Y is turned off, stopping the  
compressor and outdoor fan. The 5 minute time guard begins  
counting. Compressor will not come on again until this delay  
expires. In the event of a power interruption, the time guard will  
not allow another cycle for 5 minutes.  
The defrost control is a time/temperature control which has field  
selectable settings of 30, 60, 90, or 120 minutes, factory set to 90  
minutes. These settings represent the amount of time that must pass  
after closure of the defrost thermostat before the defrost sequence  
begins.  
NOTE: If the indoor blower off delay is enabled, it will run up to  
The defrost thermostat senses coil temperature throughout the  
heating cycle. When the coil temperature reaches the defrost  
thermostat setting of approximately 32_F (0_C), it will close,  
which energizes the DFT terminal and begins the defrost timing  
sequence. When the DFT has been energized for the selected time,  
the defrost cycle begins. Defrost cycle is terminated when defrost  
thermostat opens, or automatically after 10 minutes.  
an additional 90 seconds to increase system efficiency.  
Heating  
On a call for heating, thermostat makes circuits R--Y and R--G.  
Circuit R--Y sends low voltage through the safeties and energizes  
the T1 terminal on the circuit board. T1 energizes the defrost logic  
circuit. If the compressor has been off for 5 minutes, or power  
has not been cycled for 5 minutes, the OF2 relay and T2 terminal  
will energize. This will close the contactor, start the outdoor fan  
motor and compressor.  
When the cycle is complete, R--Y is turned off , stopping the  
compressor and outdoor fan. The 5 minute time guard begins  
counting. Compressor will not come on again until this time delay  
expires. In the event of a power interruption, the time guard will  
not allow another cycle for 5 minutes.  
Defrost Speedup  
To initiate a forced defrost, speedup pins (J1) must be shorted with  
a flat head screwdriver for 5 seconds and RELEASED. If the  
defrost thermostat is open, a short defrost cycle will be observed  
(actual length depends on Quiet Shift switch position). When Quiet  
Shift is off, only a short 30 second defrost cycle is observed. With  
Quiet Shift ON, the speedup sequence is one minute; 30 second  
compressor off period followed by 30 seconds of defrost with  
compressor operation. When returning to heating mode, the  
compressor will turn off for an additional 30 seconds and the fan  
for 40 seconds.  
Compressor Operation  
The basic scroll design has been modified with the addition of an  
internal unloading mechanism that opens a by--pass port in the first  
compression pocket, effectively reducing the displacement of the  
scroll. The opening and closing of the by--pass port is controlled  
by an internal electrically operated solenoid. The modulated scroll  
uses a single step of unloading to go from full capacity to  
approximately 67% capacity.  
If the defrost thermostat is closed, a complete defrost cycle is  
initiated. If the Quiet Shift switch is turned on, the compressor will  
be turned off for two 30 second intervals as explained previously.  
A single speed, high efficiency motor continues to run while the  
scroll modulates between the two capacity steps. Modulation is  
achieved by venting a portion of the gas in the first suction pocket  
back to the low side of the compressor, thereby reducing the  
effective displacement of the compressor.  
Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents, thus increasing  
the displacement to 100%. A DC solenoid in the compressor  
controlled by a rectified 24 volt AC signal in the external solenoid  
plug moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers these vents.  
The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that the compressor  
operates at approximately 67% capacity when the solenoid is not  
energized and 100% capacity when the solenoid is energized. The  
loading and unloading of the two step scroll is done ”on the fly”  
without shutting off the motor between steps.  
HK32EA003  
Speedup  
Pins  
Quiet  
Shift  
Defrost interval  
DIP switches  
A05378  
Fig. 53 – Defrost Control  
NOTE: 67% compressor capacity translates to approximately 75%  
cooling or heating capacity at the indoor coil.  
The compressor will always start unloaded and stay unloaded for  
five seconds even when the thermostat is calling for high stage  
capacity.  
68  
Verify 226A units for proper switching between  
low & high stages  
Check the suction pressures at the service valves. Suction pressure  
should be reduced by 3--10% when switching from low to high  
capacity.  
Compressor current should increase 20--45% when switching from  
low to high stage. The compressor solenoid when energized in  
high stage, should measure 24vac.  
When the compressor is operating in low stage the 24v DC  
compressor solenoid coil is de--energized. When the compressor is  
operating in high stage, the 24v DC solenoid coil is energized. The  
solenoid plug harness that is connected to the compressor HAS an  
internal rectifier that converts the 24v DC signal to 24v AC. DO  
CHECK CHARGE  
Factory charge amount and desired subcooling are shown on unit  
rating plate. Charging method is shown on information plate inside  
unit. To properly check or adjust charge, conditions must be  
favorable for subcooling charging. Favorable conditions exist  
when the outdoor temperature is between 70_F and 100_F  
(21.11_C and 37.78_C), and the indoor temperature is between  
70_F and 80_F (21.11_C and 26.67_C). Follow the procedure  
below:  
Unit is factory charged for 15ft (4.57 m) of lineset. Adjust charge  
by adding or removing 0.6 oz/ft (.018 kg/m) of 3/8 liquid line  
above or below 15ft (4.57 m) respectively.  
For standard refrigerant line lengths (80 ft/24.38 m or less), allow  
system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes. If conditions  
are favorable, check system charge by subcooling method. If any  
adjustment is necessary, adjust charge slowly and allow system to  
operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly  
charged system.  
NOT INSTALL  
A
PLUG WITHOUT AN INTERNAL  
RECTIFIER.  
Unloader Test Procedure  
The unloader is the compressor internal mechanism, controlled by  
the DC solenoid, that modulates between high and low stage. If it  
is suspected that the unloader is not working, the following  
methods may be used to verify operation.  
If the indoor temperature is above 80_F (26.67_C), and the  
outdoor temperature is in the favorable range, adjust system charge  
by weight based on line length and allow the indoor temperature to  
drop to 80_F (26.67_C) before attempting to check system charge  
by subcooling method as described above.  
1. Operate the system and measure compressor amperage.  
Cycle the unloader on and off at 30 second plus intervals at  
the thermostat (from low to high stage and back to low  
stage). Wait 5 seconds after staging to high before taking a  
reading. The compressor amperage should go up or down  
at least 20 percent.  
If the indoor temperature is below 70_F (21.11_C), or the outdoor  
temperature is not in the favorable range, adjust charge for line set  
length above or below 15ft (4.57 m) only. Charge level should then  
be appropriate for the system to achieve rated capacity. The charge  
level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor  
and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range.  
NOTE: If line length is beyond 80 ft (24.38 m) or greater than 20  
ft (6.10 m) vertical separation, See Long Line Guideline for  
special charging requirements.  
2. If the expected result is not achieved, remove the solenoid  
plug from the compressor and with the unit running and the  
thermostat calling for high stage, test the voltage output at  
the plug with a DC voltmeter. The reading should be 24  
volts DC.  
3. If the correct DC voltage is at the control circuit molded  
plug, measure the compressor unloader coil resistance. The  
resistance should be 32 to 60 ohms depending on com-  
pressor temperature. If the coil resistance is infinite, much  
lower than 32 ohms, or is grounded, the compressor must  
be replaced.  
Heating Check Chart Procedure  
To check system operation during heating cycle, refer to the  
Heating Check Chart on outdoor unit. This chart indicates whether  
a correct relationship exists between system operating pressure and  
air temperature entering indoor and outdoor units. If pressure and  
temperature do not match on chart, system refrigerant charge may  
not be correct. Do not use chart to adjust refrigerant charge.  
69  
TWO STAGE COMMUNICATING 167A/266A  
These units provide an Evolution capable 2 stage product in the  
Preferred line utilizing 2 stage scroll technology. These units are  
designed using the full--coil cabinet with is currently used for the  
Legacy Line products. Although the deluxe cabinet used in other  
Preferred Series products provides excellent sound levels,  
serviceability and stylish appearance, its design does not allow for  
Data to find the corresponding airflow. If the airflow setting  
for low cooling needs to be switched from tap 1 to a differ-  
ent tap, jumper a connection from the Fan tap to the desired  
tap so that the Y1 signal is communicated via the Fan tap to  
the desired speed tap. The Y1 setting will also govern the  
continuous fan airflow for the furnace.  
coil surface area required to achieve targeted ratings. These units  
require a variable speed furnace (355AAV, 315AAV) Performance  
Boost furnace (313AAV, 353AAV) or variable speed fan coil (FE4  
or new FV4C) to achieve targeted ratings.  
Refer to the furnace literature for further details.  
Airflow Selection for Variable Speed Furnaces  
(non--communicating)  
The variable speed furnaces provide blower operation to match the  
capacities of the compressor during high and low stage cooling  
operation. The furnace control board allows the installing  
technician to select the proper airflows for each stage of cooling.  
Below is a summary of required adjustments. See furnace  
installation instructions for more details:  
These units are capable of operating with either Evolution User  
Interface or basic 24 volt thermostat inputs.  
Indoor Thermostat Control Options  
Evolution  
Control  
Standard 2---stage  
Model  
Thermostat  
266A  
Yes  
Yes  
1. Turn SW1----5 ON for 400 CFM/ton airflow or OFF for 350  
CFM/ton airflow. Factory default is OFF.  
Operating Ambient  
The minimum outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode is 55_F  
(12.78_C) without low ambient cooling enabled, and the  
maximum outdoor operating ambient in cooling mode is 125_F  
(51.67_C). At line voltage of 208v (or below) and an outdoor  
ambient of 120_F (48.9_C) (and above), the compressor operates  
in low stage. On Evolution communicating systems ONLY, low  
ambient cooling operation is possible at ambient as low as 0_F  
(--17.78_C).  
2. The A/C DIP switch setting determines airflow during high  
stage cooling operation. Select the A/C DIP switch setting  
corresponding to the available airflow shown in the furnace  
Installation Instructions that most closely matches the re-  
quired airflow shown in the air conditioning Product Data  
for HIGH speed.  
3. The CF DIP switch setting determines airflow during low  
stage cooling operation. Select the CF DIP switch setting  
corresponding to the available airflow shown in the furnace  
installation instructions that most closely matches the re-  
quired airflow shown in the air conditioning Product Data  
for LOW speed. If a higher or lower continuous fan speed is  
desired, the continuous fan speed can be changed using the  
fan switch on the thermostat. Refer to the furnace Installa-  
tion Instructions for details of how to use this feature.  
The maximum outdoor operating ambient in heating mode is  
66°F/18.89_C on all models.  
Model Plug  
Each control board contains a model plug. The correct model plug  
must be installed for or the system to operate properly. (See Table  
22.)  
Table 22—Model Plug Information  
Airflow Selection for FV4C Fan Coils Using  
Non--Communicating (Non--Evolution) Thermo-  
stats  
The FV4C provides high-- and low--stage blower operation to  
match the capacities of compressor at high-- and low--stage. To  
select recommended airflow, refer to FV4C Installation  
Instructions. The FV4C utilizes an Easy Select control board that  
allows the installing technician to select proper airflows. For  
adjustments to control board, select appropriate HP SIZE and CFM  
ADJUST setting. This fan coil has an adjustable blower off delay  
factory set at 90 sec for high-- and low--stage blower operation.  
PIN RESISTANCE  
MODEL  
NUMBER  
MODEL PLUG  
NUMBER  
( K --- o h m s )  
P i n s 1 --- 4  
P i n s 2 --- 3  
266ANA024  
266ANA036  
266ANA048  
266ANA060  
HK70EZ041  
HK70EZ043  
HK70EZ045  
HK70EZ047  
18  
18  
18  
18  
91  
150  
220  
360  
167ANA024  
167ANA036  
167ANA048  
167ANA060  
Hk70EZ040  
Hk70EZ042  
Hk70EZ044  
Hk70EZ046  
18  
18  
18  
18  
75  
120  
180  
270  
The model plug is used to identify the type and size of unit to the  
control.  
When using a communicating (Evolution) control, dipswitch  
adjustments are not necessary. Airflows are determined by  
Evolution Control setup. The fan coil is the FE4A.  
Airflow Selections for ECM Furnaces (non  
communicating)  
The ECM Furnaces provide blower operation to match the  
capacities of the compressor during high and low stage cooling  
operation. Tap selections on the furnace control board enable the  
installing technician to select the proper airflows for each stage of  
cooling. Below is a brief summary of the furnace airflow  
configurations  
For other combinations of equipment consult Product Data Digest.  
NOTE:  
Systems  
using  
only  
a
non--communicating  
(non--Evolution) thermostat, Bryant electronic thermostats are  
equipped with a 15--minute staging timer. This timer prevents the  
two--stage system from operating at high stage until unit has been  
operating in low stage for 15 minutes, unless there is at least a ±5°F  
(±2.8°C) difference between room temperature and thermostat set  
point. To force high stage (after a minimum of 2 minutes in low  
stage), adjust the set point at least ±5°F (±2.8°C) below room  
ambient.  
1. The Y2 call for high stage cooling energizes the “Cool” tap  
on the control board. The grey wire from cool tap is connec-  
ted to tap 5 on the motor. Refer to the furnace Product Data  
to find the corresponding airflow. If the airflow setting for  
high cooling needs to be switched from tap 5 to a different  
tap, jumper a connection from the cool tap to the desired tap  
so that the Y2 signal is communicated via the cool tap to the  
desired speed tap.  
2. The Y1 call for low stage cooling energizes the “Fan” tap  
on the control board. The red wire from the fan tap is con-  
nected to tap 1 on the motor. Refer to the furnace Product  
70  
GENERAL INFORMATION  
If the coil temperature does not reach 32_F (0_C) within the  
interval, the interval timer will be reset and start over.  
S Upon initial power up the first defrost interval is defaulted to 30  
minutes. Remaining intervals are at selected times.  
S Defrost is only allowed to occur below 50_F (10_C) outdoor  
ambient temperature.  
The outdoor fan output (ODF) will remain off for 20 seconds after  
termination. This delay will allow time for the system to capture  
the heat from the outdoor coil and reduce the “steam cloud” effect  
that may occur on transition from defrost to heating cycle. The  
outdoor fan output OFF delay of 20 seconds may be defeated to  
enable the fan to energize immediately at the time of termination  
and 12 seconds prior to the reversing valve de--energizing through  
Evolution Controlled Low Ambient Cooling  
This unit is capable of low ambient cooling down to 0°F (--17.8°C)  
without a kit ONLY when using an Evolution Control. A low  
ambient kit is not required for Evolution controlled low ambient  
operation. The Evolution Control provides an automatic  
evaporator freeze thermostat. Low ambient cooling must be  
enabled in the User Interface setup. Fan may not begin to cycle  
until about 40°F (4.4°C) OAT. Fan will cycle based on coil and  
outdoor air temperature.  
Evolution controlled low ambient mode operates as follows:  
S Fan is OFF when outdoor coil temperature is less than outdoor  
air temperature (+ 3 _F/1.7_C) or outdoor fan has been ON for  
30 minutes. (Fan is turned off to allow refrigerant system to  
stabilize.)  
S Fan is ON when outdoor coil temperature is less than outdoor air  
temperature (+25_F/13.9_C) or outdoor coil temperature is more  
than 80_F (26.7_C) or if outdoor fan has been OFF for 30  
minutes. (Fan is turned on to allow refrigerant system to  
stabilize.)  
S Low pressure switch is ignored for first 3 minutes during low  
ambient start up. After 3 minutes, if LPS trips, then outdoor fan  
motor is turned off for 10 minutes, with the compressor  
running. If LPS closes within 10 minutes then cooling  
continues with the outdoor fan cycling per the coil temperature  
routine listed above for the remainder of the cooling cycle. If  
the LPS does not close within 10 minutes, then the normal LPS  
trip response (shut down cooling operation and generate LPS  
trip error) will occur.  
the  
User  
Interface  
setup  
screen  
(available  
with  
SYSTXCCUID01--C), or forced defrost pins as follows:  
The ODF fan delay defeat can be toggled by shorting the forced  
defrost pins for >15 seconds while in the standby mode (status  
LED on solid). The LED will start to flash when the toggle has  
taken place.  
Status code 4 shows the fan delay defeat is active (no delay).  
Status code 3 shows that it is not active (20 second delay).  
The code will continue to be displayed until after the short is  
removed. There is a 5 second wait before the code is cancelled  
once the short is removed. the code that is flashing will finish  
before going back to solid LED. The control is shipped with the  
ODF fan delay defeat NOT active.  
The change in status is remembered until toggled to a new status.  
A power down/power up sequence will not reset the status. It may  
be necessary to do the toggle twice to cycle to the desired state of  
the defeat.  
Defrost  
This control offers 5 possible defrost interval times: 30, 60, 90, 120  
minutes, or AUTO.  
Defrost Hold  
Defrost intervals are selected by dip switches on the unit control  
board or by the Evolution Control User Interface. The Evolution  
Control selection overrides the control board dip switch settings.  
On a non--communicating system, if the thermostat becomes  
satisfied (Y1 or Y1 and Y2) before the defrost cycle is terminated,  
the control will “hold” in defrost mode and finish the defrost cycle  
on the next call for heat.  
Defrost interval times: 30, 60, 90, and 120 minutes or AUTO are  
selected by the Evolution Control User Interface (the dip switches  
are not used.)  
On models with communicating Evolution Control, defrost hold is  
not needed because the User Interface will complete the defrost  
cycle before shutting down the system.  
AUTO defrost adjusts the defrost interval time based on the last  
defrost time as follows:  
S When defrost time <3 minutes, the next defrost interval=120  
minutes.  
S When defrost time 3--5 minutes, the next defrost interval=90  
minutes.  
S When defrost time 5--7 minutes, the next defrost interval=60  
minutes.  
Forced Defrost  
On a system with non--communicating (non--Evolution) control,  
forced defrost can be initiated by manually shorting the 2--pin  
header labeled FORCED DEFROST (see Fig 6) on the control  
board for 5 seconds then releasing.  
On a system with communicating (Evolution) control, forced  
defrost is initiated with the User Interface.  
S When defrost time >7 minutes, the next defrost interval=30  
minutes.  
On all models, during a Forced Defrost:  
S If coil temperature is at defrost temperature of 32_F (0_C), and  
outdoor air temperature is below 50_F (10_C), a full defrost  
sequence will occur.  
S If coil temperature or outdoor air temperature does not meet the  
above requirements, an abbreviated 30 second defrost will  
occur.  
The control board accumulates compressor run time. As the  
accumulated run time approaches the selected defrost interval time,  
the control board monitors the coil temperature sensor for a defrost  
demand. If a defrost demand exists, a defrost cycle will be initiated  
at the end of the selected time interval. A defrost demand exists  
when the coil temperature is at or below 32_F (0_C) for 4 minutes  
during the interval.  
The defrost cycle is terminated when the coil temperature reaches  
65_F (18.33_C)or 10 minutes has passed. When OAT is > 25°F  
(--3.9°C), defrost will occur in low or high stage as demanded by  
the thermostat or User Interface.  
If OAT is 25°F (3.9_C), defrost will occur in high stage only,  
regardless of thermostat or User Interface demand, and will  
terminate at 50_F (10_C) coil temperature with a minimum of 2.5  
minutes in defrost.  
71  
NOTE: If line length is beyond 80 ft (24.38 m) or greater than 20  
ft (6.10 m) vertical separation, See Long Line Guideline for  
special charging requirements.  
Quiet Shift  
Quiet Shift is a field--selectable defrost mode which may eliminate  
occasional noise that could be heard at the start of the defrost cycle  
and restarting of the heating cycle. On a non--communicating  
system, this feature must be enabled by selecting the 3rd position  
of the 3--position dip switch. For communicating (Evolution)  
systems, it must be enabled at the User Interface. When activated,  
the following sequence of operation will occur. Reversing valve  
will energize and compressor will turn off for 30 seconds, then turn  
back on to complete defrost. At the end of the defrost cycle, the  
reversing valve de--energizes, compressor will turn off for another  
30 seconds, and the fan will turn off for 40 seconds, before starting  
in the heating mode.  
Heating Check Chart Procedure  
To check system operation during heating cycle, refer to the Heat  
Pump Charging Instructions label on outdoor unit. This chart  
indicates whether a correct relationship exists between system  
operating pressure and air temperature entering indoor and outdoor  
units. If pressure and temperature do not match on chart, system  
refrigerant charge may not be correct. Do not use chart to adjust  
refrigerant charge.  
NOTE: In heating mode, check refrigerant charge only when  
pressures are stable. If in doubt, remove charge and weigh in  
correct refrigerant charge.  
Liquid--Line Solenoid Accessory  
In heat pump long--line applications, a liquid--line solenoid is  
required to control refrigerant migration in the heating mode. The  
solenoid should be installed near the outdoor unit with the arrow  
facing the outdoor unit. This is the direction of flow control. See  
application manual for long--line application details.  
Accessory Liquid Solenoid with Evolution Communicating  
Control:  
NOTE: When charging is necessary during heating season, charge  
must be weighed in accordance with unit rating plate, ±0.6 oz./ft  
(±17.74 g/m). of 3/8--in. liquid--line above or below 15 ft (4.57  
m)., respectively.  
EXAMPLE:  
To calculate additional charge required for a 25--ft. line set:  
25 ft. -- 15 ft. = 10 ft. X 0.6 oz./ft. = 6 oz. of additional charge.  
When using the Evolution Control, the liquid--line solenoid output  
is provided at the Y1 connection. Connect the solenoid as shown in  
the wiring label diagram. This is a 24vac output that is energized  
whenever the compressor is energized. It closes, in the compressor  
off mode, to prevent refrigerant migration into the unit through the  
liquid--line.  
MAJOR COMPONENTS  
2--Stage Control Board  
The HP control board controls the following functions:  
S High and low stage compressor contactor operation  
S Outdoor fan motor operation  
S Reversing valve operation  
S Defrost operation  
S Low ambient cooling  
S Crankcase heater operation  
S Compressor external protection  
S Pressure switch monitoring  
S Time Delays  
On Systems with Accessory Liquid Solenoid Using a  
Non--Communicating Thermostat:  
The liquid solenoid is connect to the Y1 and C terminal  
connections. The liquid solenoid closes, in the compressor off  
mode, to prevent refrigerant migration into the unit through the  
liquid--line.  
CHECK CHARGE  
Charged in high or low stage  
Field Connections  
On non--communicating (non--Evolution) system, the two--stage  
control receives 24vac low--voltage control system inputs through  
the R, C, Y1, Y2 and O connections located at the bottom of the  
control board (see Fig. 54.) On a non--communicating system,  
output W1 is connected at the bottom of the control board for  
auxiliary heat.  
Factory charge amount and desired subcooling are shown on unit  
rating plate for high stage. Charging method is shown on  
information plate inside unit. To properly check or adjust charge,  
conditions must be favorable for subcooling charging. Favorable  
conditions exist when the outdoor temperature is between 70_F  
and 100_F (21.11_C and 37.78_C), and the indoor temperature is  
between 70_F and 80_F (21.11_C and 26.67_C). Follow the  
procedure below:  
For  
a
communicating system, use the ABCD Evolution  
connections.  
Unit is factory charged for 15ft (4.57 m) of lineset. Adjust charge  
by adding or removing 0.6 oz/ft (17.74 g/m) of 3/8 liquid line  
above or below 15ft (4.57 m) respectively.  
Two Stage Compressor  
The two stage compressor contains motor windings that provide  
2--pole (3500 RPM) operation.  
For standard refrigerant line lengths (80 ft/24.38 m or less), allow  
system to operate in cooling mode at least 15 minutes. If conditions  
are favorable, check system charge by subcooling method. If any  
adjustment is necessary, adjust charge slowly and allow system to  
operate for 15 minutes to stabilize before declaring a properly  
charged system.  
Compressor Internal Relief  
The compressor is protected by an internal pressure relief (IPR)  
which relieves discharge gas into the compressor shell when  
differential between suction and discharge pressure exceeds  
550--625 psi. The compressor is also protected by an internal  
overload attached to motor windings.  
If the indoor temperature is above 80_F (26.67_C), and the  
outdoor temperature is in the favorable range, adjust system charge  
by weight based on line length and allow the indoor temperature to  
drop to 80_F (26.67_C) before attempting to check system charge  
by subcooling method as described above.  
Compressor Control Contactor  
The contactor has a 24volt coil. The electronic control board  
controls the operation of the contactor.  
If the indoor temperature is below 70_F (21.11_C), or the outdoor  
temperature is not in the favorable range, adjust charge for line set  
length above or below 15ft (4.57 m) only. Charge level should then  
be appropriate for the system to achieve rated capacity. The charge  
level could then be checked at another time when the both indoor  
and outdoor temperatures are in a more favorable range.  
72  
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS AND  
SEQUENCE OF OPERATION  
The 266A models utilize either an Evolution Communicating User  
Interface or a 2-stage cooling indoor thermostat. With a call for  
first stage cooling, the outdoor fan and low-stage compressor are  
energized. If low-stage cannot satisfy cooling demand, high-stage  
is energized by the second stage of indoor thermostat. After second  
stage is satisfied, the unit returns to low-stage operation until first  
stage is satisfied or until second stage is required again.  
voltage circuit to the motor. It does not change speeds between low  
and high stage operation.  
Time Delays  
The unit time delays include:  
S Five minute time delay to start cooling or heating operation  
when there is a call from the thermostat or user interface. To  
bypass this feature, momentarily short and release Forced  
Defrost pins.  
S Five minute compressor re--cycle delay on return from a  
brown--out condition.  
S Two minute time delay to return to standby operation from last  
valid communication (with Evolution only).  
S One minute time delay of outdoor fan at termination of cooling  
mode when outdoor ambient is greater than or equal to 100_F  
(37.78_C).  
When both first stage and second stage cooling are satisfied, the  
compressor will shut off. When a 2-stage unit is operating at  
low-stage, system vapor (suction) pressure will be higher than a  
standard single-stage system or high-stage operation.  
When the outdoor ambient is more the 100_F (37.8_C), the  
outdoor fan will continue to run for one minute after compressor  
shuts off. This reduces pressure differential for easier starting in  
the next cycle.  
With non--communicating (non--Evolution) systems, with first  
stage of cooling, Y1 and O are powered on; and with second stage  
of cooling, Y1, Y2, and O are on. For these systems, with first  
stage of heating Y1 is on and for second stage of heating, Y1 and  
Y2 are on. When the reversing valve is energized, O is powered  
on.  
S Fifteen second delay at termination of defrost before the  
auxiliary heat (W1) is de--energized.  
S Twenty second delay at termination of defrost before the  
outdoor fan is energized (unless fan delay defeated).  
S Thirty second compressor delay when quiet shift enabled.  
S There is no delay between staging from low to high and from  
high to low capacity. The compressor will change from low to  
high and from high to low capacity “on the fly” to meet the  
demand.  
Communication and Status Function Lights  
For Evolution Control only, Green communications (COMM)  
Light  
Compressor Operation  
A green LED (COMM light) on the outdoor board indicates  
successful communication with the other system products. The  
green LED will remain OFF until communication is established.  
Once a valid command is received, the green LED will turn ON  
continuously. If no communication is received within 2 minutes,  
the LED will be turned OFF until the next valid communication.  
The basic scroll design has been modified with the addition of an  
internal unloading mechanism that opens a by--pass port in the first  
compression pocket, effectively reducing the displacement of the  
scroll. The opening and closing of the by--pass port is controlled  
by an internal electrically operated solenoid. The modulated scroll  
uses a single step of unloading to go from full capacity to  
approximately 67% capacity.  
A single speed, high efficiency motor continues to run while the  
scroll modulates between the two capacity steps. Modulation is  
achieved by venting a portion of the gas in the first suction pocket  
back to the low side of the compressor, thereby reducing the  
effective displacement of the compressor.  
Amber Status Light  
An amber colored STATUS light is used to display the operation  
mode and fault codes as specified in the troubleshooting section.  
See Table 23 for codes and definitions.  
NOTE: Only one code will be displayed on the outdoor unit  
control board (the most recent, with the highest priority).  
Crankcase Heater Operation  
The crankcase heater is energized during off cycle below 65°F  
(18.33°C).  
Full capacity is achieved by blocking these vents, thus increasing  
the displacement to 100%. A DC solenoid in the compressor  
controlled by a rectified 24 volt AC signal in the external solenoid  
plug moves the slider ring that covers and uncovers these vents.  
Outdoor Fan Motor Operation  
The vent covers are arranged in such a manner that the compressor  
operates at approximately 67% capacity when the solenoid is not  
energized and 100% capacity when the solenoid is energized. The  
loading and unloading of the two step scroll is done ”on the fly”  
without shutting off the motor between steps.  
The outdoor unit control energizes outdoor fan anytime  
compressor is operating, except for defrost or low--ambient  
cooling. The outdoor fan remains energized if a pressure switch or  
compressor overload should open. Outdoor fan motor will  
continue to operate for one minute after the compressor shuts off  
when the outdoor ambient is greater than or equal to 100°F  
(37.78°C). This reduces pressure differential for easier starting on  
next cycle.  
NOTE: 67% compressor capacity translates to approximately 75%  
cooling or heating capacity at the indoor coil.  
The compressor will always start unloaded and stay unloaded for  
five seconds even when the thermostat is calling for high stage  
capacity.  
The outdoor fan motor is a PSC type. A fan relay on the control  
board turns the fan off and on by opening and closing a high  
73  
MODEL  
PLUG  
MODEL  
PLUG  
UTILITY RELAY  
*
UTILITY SIGNAL  
OPEN RELAY  
LLS  
Liquid Line Solenoid  
*
SUPPLIED BY UTILITY PROVIDER  
A06525  
A06526  
Fig. 54 – 2--Stage Control Board  
TROUBLESHOOTING  
7. In the event of a high--pressure switch trip or high--pressure  
lockout, check the refrigerant charge, outdoor fan operation,  
and outdoor coil (in cooling) for airflow restrictions, or in-  
door airflow in heating.  
8. In the event of a low--pressure switch trip or low--pressure  
lockout, check the refrigerant charge and indoor airflow  
(cooling) and outdoor fan operation and outdoor coil in  
heating.  
Systems Communication Failure  
If communication with the Evolution control is lost with the User  
Interface, the control will flash the appropriate fault code. (See  
Table 23.) Check the wiring to the User Interface and the indoor  
and outdoor units.  
On new units, the model and serial numbers are input into the  
board’s memory at the factory. If a model plug is lost or missing at  
initial installation, the unit will operate according to the  
information input at the factory and the appropriate error code will  
flash temporarily. An RCD replacement board contains no model  
and serial information. If the factory control board fails, the model  
plug must be transferred from the original board to the replacement  
board for the unit to operate.  
NOTE: The model plug takes priority over factory model  
information input at the factory. If the model plug is removed after  
initial power up, the unit will operate according to the last valid  
model plug installed, and flash the appropriate fault code  
temporarily.  
Control Fault  
If the outdoor unit control board has failed, the control will flash  
the appropriate fault code (see Table 23). The control board should  
be replaced.  
Brown--Out Protection  
If the line voltage is less than 187v for at least 4 seconds, the  
appropriate compressor contactor and fan relay are de--energized.  
Compressor and fan operation are not allowed until voltage is a  
minimum of 190v. The control will flash the appropriate fault code  
(see Table 23).  
2230V Brown--Out Protection Defeated  
Pressure Switch Protection  
The outdoor unit is equipped with high-- and low--pressure  
switches. If the control senses the opening of a high-- or  
low--pressure switch, it will respond as follows:  
The brownout feature can be defeated if needed for severe noisy  
power conditions. This defeat should always be a last resort to  
solving the problem. Defeat is available on the User Interface  
setup screen (available with SYSTXBBUID01--B), or can be  
initiated through the forced defrost pins for non--communicating  
systems as follows:  
1. De--energize the compressor contactor.  
2. Keep the outdoor fan operating for 15 minutes.  
3. Display the appropriate fault code (see Table 23).  
4. After a 15 minute delay, if there is a call for cooling or heat-  
ing and LPS or HPS is reset, the compressor contactor is  
energized.  
5. If LPS or HPS has not closed after a 15 minute delay, the  
outdoor fan is turned off. If the open switch closes anytime  
after the 15 minute delay, then resume operation with a call  
for cooling or heating.  
The brownout toggle is accomplished by sorting the defrost pins  
from power up with the OAT and OCT sensor connector removed.  
After 3 seconds, the status of the force defrost short and the  
OAT/OCT as open will be checked. If correct, then the brownout  
will be toggled.  
Status code 6 shows the brownout is disabled.  
Status code 5 shows the brownout is active.  
6. If LPS or HPS trips 3 consecutive cycles, the unit operation  
is locked out for 4 hours.  
After the brownout defeat is set, power down and reinstall the  
OAT/OCT sensor and remove the short from the forced defrost  
pins. As long as the short on the forced defrost remains, the OAT  
74  
and OCT faults will not be cleared. The code will continue to be  
flashed.  
The control is shipped with the brownout active. The change in  
status is remembered until toggled to a new status. A power  
down/power up sequence will not reset the status. it may be  
necessary to do the toggle twice to cycle to the desired state of the  
defeat.  
Unloader Test Procedure  
The unloader is the compressor internal mechanism, controlled by  
the DC solenoid, that modulates between high and low stage. If it  
is suspected that the unloader is not working, the following  
methods may be used to verify operation.  
1. Operate the system and measure compressor amperage.  
Cycle the unloader on and off at 30 second plus intervals at  
the User Interface (from low to high stage and back to low  
stage). Wait 5 seconds after staging to high before taking a  
reading. The compressor amperage should go up or down  
at least 20 percent.  
2. If the expected result is not achieved, remove the solenoid  
plug from the compressor and with the unit running and the  
User Interface or thermostat calling for high stage, test the  
voltage output at the plug with a DC voltmeter. The read-  
ing should be 24 volts DC.  
3. If the correct DC voltage is at the control circuit molded  
plug, measure the compressor unloader coil resistance. The  
resistance should be 32 to 60 ohms depending on com-  
pressor temperature. If the coil resistance is infinite, much  
lower than 32 ohms, or is grounded, the compressor must  
be replaced.  
230V Line (Power Disconnect) Detection  
If there is no 230v at the compressor contactor(s) when the indoor  
unit is powered and cooling or heating demand exists, the  
appropriate fault code is displayed. Verify the disconnect is closed  
and 230v wiring is connected to the unit.  
Compressor Voltage Sensing  
The control board input terminals labeled VS and L2 (see Fig. 54)  
are used to detect compressor voltage status and alert the user of  
potential problems. The control continuously monitors the high  
voltage on the run capacitor of the compressor motor. Voltage  
should be present any time the compressor contactor is energized  
and voltage should not be present when the contactor is  
de--energized.  
Contactor Shorted Detection  
If there is compressor voltage sensed when there is no demand for  
compressor operation, the contactor may be stuck closed or there  
may be a wiring error. The control will flash the appropriate fault  
code.  
Temperature Thermistors  
Thermistors are electronic devices which sense temperature. As the  
temperature increases, the resistance decreases. Thermistors are  
used to sense outdoor air (OAT) and coil temperature (OCT).  
Refer to Fig. 55 for resistance values versus temperature.  
If the control senses the compressor voltage after start--up and is  
then absent for 10 consecutive seconds while cooling or heating  
demand exists, the thermal protector is open. The control  
de--energizes the compressor contactor for 15 minutes, but  
continues to operate the outdoor fan. The control Status LED will  
flash the appropriate code shown in Table 23. After 15 minutes,  
with a call for low or high stage cooling or heating, the compressor  
contactor is energized. If the thermal protector has not re--set, the  
outdoor fan is turned off. If the call for cooling or heating  
continues, the control will energize the compressor contactor every  
15 minutes. If the thermal protector closes, (at the next 15 minute  
interval check) the unit will resume operation.  
THERMISTOR CURVE  
90  
80  
70  
60  
50  
40  
30  
20  
If the thermal cutout trips for three consecutive cycles, then unit  
operation is locked out for 4 hours and the appropriate fault code is  
displayed.  
10  
0
0
20  
40  
60  
80  
100  
120  
(-17.77) (-6.67)  
(4.44)  
(15.56) (26.67) (37.78) (48.89)  
No 230V at Compressor Contactor  
TEMPERATURE °F (°C)  
If the compressor voltage is not sensed when the compressor  
should be starting, the appropriate contactor may be stuck open or  
there is a wiring error. The control will flash the appropriate fault  
code. Check the contactor and control box wiring.  
A08054  
Fig. 55 – Resistance Values Versus Temperature  
If the outdoor air or coil thermistor should fail, the control will  
flash the appropriate fault code. (See Table 23.)  
IMPORTANT: The outdoor air thermistor and coil thermistor  
should be factory mounted in the final locations. Check to ensure  
thermistors are mounted properly per Fig. 56 and Fig. 58.  
Troubleshooting units for proper switching  
between low & high stages  
Check the suction pressures at the service valves. Suction pressure  
should be reduced by 3--10% when switching from low to high  
capacity.  
Compressor current should increase 20--45% when switching from  
low to high stage. The compressor solenoid when energized in  
high stage, should measure 24vac.  
When the compressor is operating in low stage the 24v DC  
compressor solenoid coil is de--energized. When the compressor is  
operating in high stage, the 24v DC solenoid coil is energized. The  
solenoid plug harness that is connected to the compressor HAS an  
internal rectifier that converts the 24v DC signal to 24v AC. DO  
Thermistor Sensor Comparison  
The control continuously monitors and compares the outdoor air  
temperature sensor and outdoor coil temperature sensor to ensure  
proper operating conditions. The comparison is:  
S In cooling if the outdoor air sensor indicates 10_F  
(5.6_C) warmer than the coil sensor (or) the outdoor air  
sensor indicates 20_F (11_C) cooler than the coil sensor,  
the sensors are out of range.  
S In heating if the outdoor air sensor indicates 35_F (19.4_C)  
warmer than the coil sensor (or) the outdoor air sensor indicates  
10_F (5.6_C) cooler than the coil sensor, the sensors are  
out of range.  
NOT INSTALL  
RECTIFIER.  
A
PLUG WITHOUT AN INTERNAL  
If the sensors are out of range, the control will flash the appropriate  
fault code as shown in Table 23.  
75  
The thermistor comparison is not performed during low ambient  
cooling or defrost operation.  
If the OCT sensor should fail, low ambient cooling will not be  
allowed. Defrost will occur at each time interval during heating  
operation, but will terminate after 5 minutes.  
Failed Thermistor Default Operation  
Factory defaults have been provided in the event of failure of  
outdoor air thermistor (OAT) and/or outdoor coil thermistor  
(OCT).  
If the OAT sensor should fail, low ambient cooling will not be  
allowed and the one--minute outdoor fan off delay will not occur.  
Defrost will be initiated based on coil temperature and time.  
If there is a thermistor out of range error, defrost will occur at each  
time interval during heating operation, but will terminate after 5  
minutes.  
Count the number of short and long flashes to determine the  
appropriate flash code. Table 23 gives possible causes and actions  
related to each error.  
OAT Thermistor must be  
locked in place with spherical  
nib end facing towards the  
front of the control box  
OCT Thermistor  
must be secured  
tight on stub tube.  
Fig. 57 – Outdoor Air Thermistor (OAT) Attachment  
Fig. 58 – Outdoor Coil Thermistor (OCT) Attachment  
76  
Status Codes  
Table 23 shows the status codes flashed by the amber status light.  
Most system problems can be diagnosed by reading the status code  
as flashed by the amber status light on the control board.  
The short flash is 0.25 seconds ON and the long flash is 1.0 second  
ON. Time between flashes is 0.25 seconds. Time between short  
flash and first long flash is 1.0 second. Time between code  
repeating is 2.5 seconds with LED OFF.  
The codes are flashed by a series of short and long flashes of the  
status light. The short flashes indicate the first digit in the status  
code, followed by long flashes indicating the second digit of the  
error code.  
EXAMPLE:  
3 short flashes followed by 2 long flashes indicates a 32 code.  
Table 23 shows this to be low pressure switch open.  
Table 23—167A / 266A TROUBLESHOOTING  
AMBER LED  
FLASH  
CODE  
FAULT  
POSSIBLE CAUSE AND ACTION  
OPERATION  
On solid, no  
flash  
Standby – no call for unit operation  
None  
Normal operation  
Low Stage Cool/Heat Operation  
High Stage Cool/Heat Operation  
None  
None  
1, pause  
2, pause  
16  
Normal operation  
Normal operation  
System Commu-  
nications Failure  
Communication with User Interface lost. Check wiring to User Interface,  
indoor and outdoor units  
Control does not detect a model plug or detects an invalid model plug. Unit  
will not operate without correct model plug.  
Invalid Model Plug  
25  
High Pressure  
Switch Open  
High---pressure switch trip. Check refrigerant charge, outdoor fan operation  
and coils for airflow restrictions.  
31*  
Low Pressure  
Switch or Dis-  
charge Temp  
Switch Open  
Low---pressure switch or discharge temperature switch trip. Check refrigerant  
charge and indoor air flow.  
32*  
Control Fault  
45  
46  
Outdoor unit control board has failed. Control board needs to be replaced.  
Line voltage < 187v for at least 4 seconds. Compressor and fan operation  
not allowed until voltage>190v. Verify line voltage.  
Brown Out (230 v)  
There is no 230v at the contactor when indoor unit is powered and cooling/  
heating demand exists. Verify the disconnect is closed and 230v wiring is  
connected to the unit.  
No 230v at Unit  
47  
53  
Outdoor Air Temp  
Sensor Fault  
Outdoor air sensor not reading or out of range. Ohm out sensor and check  
wiring.  
Outdoor Coil  
Sensor Fault  
Thermistors out of  
range  
55  
56  
Coil sensor not reading or out of range. Ohm out sensor and check wiring.  
Improper relationship between coil sensor and outdoor air sensor. Ohm out  
sensors and check wiring.  
Compressor operation detected then disappears while low stage demand  
exists. Possible causes are internal compressor overload trip or start relay  
and capacitor held in circuit too long (if installed).  
Compressor operation detected then disappears while high stage demand  
exists. Possible causes are internal compressor overload trip or start relay  
and capacitor held in circuit too long (if installed).  
Low Stage  
Thermal Cutout  
71*  
72*  
High Stage  
Thermal Cutout  
Compressor voltage sensed when no demand for compressor operation  
exists. Contactor may be stuck closed or there is a wiring error.  
Compressor voltage not sensed when compressor should be starting. Con-  
tactor may be stuck open or there is a wiring error.  
Thermal cutout occurs in three consecutive low/high stage cycles. Low  
stage locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
Thermal cutout occurs in three consecutive high/low stage cycles. High  
stage locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
Low pressure switch trip has occurred during 3 consecutive cycles. Unit  
operation locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
High pressure switch trip has occurred during 3 consecutive cycles. Unit  
operation locked out for 4 hours or until 24v power recycled.  
Contactor Shorted  
73  
74  
81  
82  
83  
84  
No 230V at  
Compressor  
Low Stage  
Thermal Lockout  
High Stage  
Thermal Lockout  
L ow --- Pr essu r e  
Lockout  
High --- Pr essu r e  
Lockout  
*
Sequence: Compressor contactor is de---energized and outdoor fan is energized for up to 15 minutes. If demand still exists, control will energize compressor contactor after 15 minute  
delay. If fault is cleared, unit will resume operation. If fault still exists, fan shuts off, and error code continues to flash. Control will attempt re---start every 15 minutes. Cycling low voltage  
defeats the 15 minute delay.  
77  
Cleaning Coil  
CARE AND MAINTENANCE  
1. Remove top cover. (See Remove Top Cover in Cabinet  
section of this manual.)  
2. Remove coil grilles or louvers (as applicable) to gain full  
access to coils for cleaning.  
To assure high performance and minimize possible equipment  
malfunction, it is essential that maintenance be performed  
periodically on this equipment. The frequency with which  
maintenance is performed is dependent on such factors as hours of  
operation, geographic location, and local environmental  
conditions.  
!
CAUTION  
!
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
WARNING  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment damage  
or improper operation.  
ELECTRICAL SHOCK HAZARD  
Failure to follow this warning could result in personal injury  
or death.  
Coil fin damage can result in higher operating costs or  
compressor damage. Do not use flame, high--pressure water,  
steam, volatile or corrosive cleaners on fins or tubing.  
Disconnect all electrical power to unit before performing any  
maintenance or service on outdoor unit. Remember to  
disconnect power supply to air handler as this unit supplies  
low--voltage power to the outdoor unit.  
3. Clean coil using vacuum cleaner and its crevice tool. Move  
crevice tool vertically, close to area being cleaned, making  
sure tool touches only dirt on fins and not fins. to prevent  
fin damage, do not scrub fins with tool or move tool  
horizontally against fins.  
4. If oil deposits are present, spray coil with ordinary  
household detergent. Wait 10 minutes, and proceed to next  
step.  
5. Using garden hose, spray coil vertically downward with  
constant stream of water at moderate pressure. Keep nozzle  
at a 15-- to 20_ angle, about 3 in. from coil face and 18 in.  
from tube. Spray so debris is washed out of coil and  
basepan.  
The minimum maintenance that should be performed on this  
equipment is as follows:  
1. Check outdoor coil for cleanliness each heating and cooling  
season and clean as necessary.  
2. Check fan motor and blade for cleanliness each month  
during cooling season and clean as necessary.  
3. Check electrical connections for tightness and controls for  
proper operation each cooling season and service as  
necessary.  
6. Reinstall top cover and position blade.  
7. Reconnect electrical power and check for proper operation.  
!
CAUTION  
Cleaning Outdoor Fan Motor and Blade  
UNIT DAMAGE HAZARD  
1. Remove fan motor and blade. Be careful not to bend or dent  
fan blade.  
2. Clean motor and blade with soft brush or cloth. Be careful  
not to disturb balance weights on fan blade.  
3. Check fan blade setscrew for tightness.  
4. Reinstall fan motor and blade to top cover and check for  
alignment.  
Failure to follow this caution may result in equipment  
damage or improper operation.  
Because of possible damage to the equipment or personal  
injury, maintenance should be performed by qualified  
personnel only.  
Desert and Seacoast Locations  
5. Reinstall top cover and position blade.  
Special consideration must be given to installation and  
maintenance of condensing units installed in coastal or desert  
locations. This is because salt and alkali content of sand adheres to  
aluminum fins of coil and can cause premature coil failure due to  
corrosion.  
6. Reconnect electrical power and check for proper operation.  
Electrical Controls and Wiring  
1. Disconnect power to both outdoor and indoor units.  
2. Check all electrical connections for tightness. Tighten all  
screws on electrical connections. If any connections appear  
to be burned or smoky, disassemble the connection, clean  
all parts and stripped wires, and reassemble. Use a new  
connector if old one is burned or corroded, and crimp  
tightly.  
3. Reconnect electrical power to indoor and outdoor units and  
observe unit through 1 complete operating cycle.  
4. If there are any discrepancies in operating cycle,  
troubleshoot to find cause and correct.  
Preventive measures can be taken during installations, such as:  
1. Locate unit on side of structure opposite prevailing winds.  
2. Elevate unit to height where drifting sand cannot pile up  
against coil. Mounting feet, 4 in. high, are available as  
accessories and can be used to elevate unit.  
3. Addition of coastal filter (See Product Data Digest for  
accessory listing).  
Maintenance in desert and seacoast locations:  
Refrigerant Circuit  
1. Frequent inspection of coil and basepan especially after  
storms and/or high winds.  
1. Check refrigerant charge using the superheat method, and if  
low on charge, check unit for leaks using an electronic leak  
detector.  
2. If any leaks are found, remove and reclaim or isolate charge  
(pumpdown) if applicable. Make necessary repairs.  
2. Clean coil by flushing out sand from between coil fins and  
out of basepan as frequently as inspection determines  
necessary.  
3. In off season, cover with covering that allows air to circulate  
through but prevents sand from sifting in (such as canvas  
material). Do not use plastic as plastic will hold moisture  
possibly causing corrosion.  
3. Evacuate, recharge, and observe unit through 1 complete  
operating cycle.  
78  
Final Check--Out  
After the unit has been operating, the following items should be  
checked.  
3. Check to be sure tools, loose parts, and debris are removed  
from unit.  
1. Check that unit operational noise is not excessive due to  
vibration of component, tubing, panels, etc. If present,  
isolate problem and correct.  
4. Check to be sure all panels and screws are in place and tight.  
2. Check to be sure caps are installed on service valves and are  
tight.  
PURONR (R--410A) REFRIGERANT QUICK REFERENCE GUIDE  
Puron refrigerant operates at 50--70 percent higher pressures than R--22. Be sure that servicing equipment and replacement  
S
components are designed to operate with Puron refrigerant.  
S
S
S
Puron refrigerant cylinders are rose colored.  
Recovery cylinder service pressure rating must be 400 psig, DOT 4BA400 or DOT BW400.  
Puron refrigerant systems should be charged with liquid refrigerant. Use a commercial type metering device in the manifold hose  
when charging into suction line with compressor operating  
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
Manifold sets should be 700 psig high side and 180 psig low side with 550 psig low--side retard.  
Use hoses with 700 psig service pressure rating.  
Leak detectors should be designed to detect HFC refrigerant.  
Puron refrigerant, as with other HFCs, is only compatible with POE oils.  
Vacuum pumps will not remove moisture from oil.  
Do not use liquid--line filter driers with rated working pressures less than 600 psig.  
Do not leave Puron refrigerant suction line filter driers in line longer than 72 hours.  
Do not install a suction--line filter drier in liquid line.  
POE oils absorb moisture rapidly. Do not expose oil to atmosphere.  
POE oils may cause damage to certain plastics and roofing materials.  
Wrap all filter driers and service valves with wet cloth when brazing.  
A factory approved liquid--line filter drier is required on every unit.  
Do NOT use an R--22 TXV.  
If indoor unit is equipped with an R--22 TXV or piston metering device, it must be changed to a hard shutoff Puron TXV.  
Never open system to atmosphere while it is under a vacuum.  
When system must be opened for service, recover refrigerant, evacuate then break vacuum with dry nitrogen and replace filter  
driers. Evacuate to 500 microns prior to recharging.  
S
S
S
S
Do not vent Puron refrigerant into the atmosphere.  
Do not use capillary tube coils.  
Observe all warnings, cautions, and bold text.  
All indoor coils must be installed with a hard shutoff Puron TXV metering device.  
79  
AIR CONDITIONER  
TROUBLESHOOTING CHART  
NO COOLING OR  
INSUFFICIENT  
COOLING  
COMPRESSOR  
RUNS BUT  
COMPRESSOR  
RUNS BUT  
INSUFFICIENT  
COOLING  
COMPRESSOR  
WILL NOT RUN  
CYCLES ON  
INTERNAL  
OVERLOAD  
OUTDOOR FAN  
HIGH SUCTION  
LOW HEAD  
PRESSURE  
HIGH SUCTION  
LOW  
SUPERHEAT  
STOPPED OR  
CYCLING ON  
OVERLOAD  
CONTACTOR  
OPEN  
CONTACTOR  
CLOSED  
LOOSE LEAD  
AT FAN MOTOR  
LOW SUCTION  
PRESSURE  
OUTDOOR AIR  
RESTRICTED OR  
RECIRCULATING  
COMPRESSOR  
POWER SUPPLY  
OPEN  
DEFECTIVE  
COMPRESSOR  
VALVES  
MOTOR  
DEFECTIVE  
DIRTY AIR  
FILTERS  
UNIT  
OVERCHARGED  
POWER SUPPLY  
RESTRICTED  
DISCHARGE  
TUBE  
DEFECTIVE  
LOW-VOLTAGE  
TRANSFORMER  
INCORRECT  
OFM  
CAPACITOR  
INTERNAL  
PRESSURE  
RELIEF OPEN  
INCORRECT  
SIZE  
PISTON  
LOOSE LEADS AT  
COMPRESSOR  
DUCT  
RESTRICTED  
OVERCHARGE  
OR NON-  
CONDENSABLES  
IN SYSTEM  
FAILED  
TXV  
OPEN  
THERMOSTAT  
FAULTY START  
GEAR (1-PH)  
DAMPERS  
PARTLY CLOSED  
OPEN SHORTED  
OR GROUNDED  
COMPRESSOR  
MOTOR  
LOW  
REFRIGERANT  
CHARGE  
OPEN CONTROL  
CIRCUIT  
INDOOR COIL  
FROSTED  
WINDINGS  
LINE VOLTAGE  
TOO HIGH OR  
LOW  
SLIGHTLY  
LOW ON  
REFRIGERANT  
LOSS OF  
CHARGE  
COMPRESSOR  
STUCK  
COMPRESSOR  
INTERNAL  
PROTECTION  
OPEN  
LIQUID LINE  
SLIGHTLY  
RESTRICTED  
CONTACTOR OR  
COIL DEFECTIVE  
DEFECTIVE RUN  
CAPACITOR  
LOOSE  
ELECTRICAL  
CONNECTION  
DEFECTIVE RUN  
CAPACITOR  
COMPRESSOR  
BEARINGS  
PISTON  
RESTRICTED  
DEFECTIVE  
START  
CAPACITOR  
INCORRECT  
SIZE  
PISTON  
HIGH  
SUPERHEAT  
DEFECTIVE  
START  
CAPACITOR  
INDOOR COIL  
STRAINER  
RESTRICTED  
INDOOR  
BLOWER MOTOR  
DEFECTIVE OR  
CYCLING ON OL  
A90208  
Fig. 59 – Air Conditioner Troubleshooting Chart  
80  
HEAT PUMP  
TROUBLESHOOTING HEATING CYCLE  
NO HEATING OR  
INSUFFICIENT  
HEATING  
COMPRESSOR  
RUNS BUT  
COMPRESSOR  
RUNS  
INSUFFICIENT  
HEATING  
COMPRESSOR  
WILL NOT RUN  
CYCLES ON  
INTERNAL  
OVERLOAD  
DIRTY FILTERS  
OR INDOOR  
COIL  
CONTACT  
OPEN  
CONTACTOR  
CLOSED  
LOW SUCTION  
LOW HEAD  
STRIP HEATERS  
NOT OPERATING  
INDOOR FAN  
STOPPED OR  
CYCLING ON  
OVERLOAD  
DEFECTIVE LOW-  
VOLTAGE  
TRANSFORMER  
DEFECTIVE FAN  
MOTOR  
CAPACITOR  
OUTDOOR  
THERMOSTAT  
DEFECTIVE  
COMPRESSOR  
POWER SUPPLY  
OUTDOOR FAN  
STOPPED  
OUTDOOR FAN  
RUNNING  
REMOTE  
CONTROL  
CENTER  
DAMAGED  
REVERSING  
VALVE  
LOOSE LEADS  
AT  
FAN MOTOR  
LOOSE LEADS  
AT OUTDOOR  
FAN MOTOR  
LOOSE LEADS AT  
COMPRESSOR  
REVERSING  
VALVE STUCK  
ODT SETTING  
TOO LOW  
DEFECTIVE  
CAP TUBE  
PINCHED OR  
BULB NOT  
SENSING TRUE  
ODT  
CONTACTOR  
COIL OPEN OR  
SHORTED  
FAN MOTOR  
BURNED  
OUT  
INTERNAL FAN  
MOTOR KLIXON  
OPEN  
FAULTY START  
GEAR (1-PH)  
RESTRICTION IN  
DISCHARGE LINE  
RESTRICTED  
LIQUID LINE  
OVERCHARGE  
OR NON-  
CONDENSABLES  
IN SYSTEM  
STRIP HEATER  
RELAY OR  
CONTACTOR  
DEFECTIVE  
PISTON  
RESTRICTED OR  
IS CLOGGED  
OPEN INDOOR  
THERMOSTAT  
COMPRESSOR  
STUCK  
FAN MOTOR  
BURNED OUT  
OPENING IN  
POWER CIRCUIT  
TO HEATER  
COMPRESSOR  
INTERNAL  
OVERLOAD  
OPEN  
DEFROST RELAY  
N.C. CONTACTS  
OPEN ON  
LIQUID-LINE  
PRESSURE  
SWITCH OPEN  
LOW  
REFRIGERANT  
CHARGE  
UNDER-  
CHARGED  
ELEMENTS  
CIRCUIT BOARD  
OPEN SHORTED  
OR GROUNDED  
COMPRESSOR  
WINDINGS  
LINE VOLTAGE  
TOO HIGH OR  
LOW  
LOSS OF  
CHARGE  
OUTDOOR COIL  
DIRTY  
BROKEN FUSE  
LINK  
DEFECTIVE RUN  
CAPACITOR  
(1-PH)  
BROKEN  
HEATER  
ELEMENT  
OPEN CONTROL  
CIRCUIT  
DEFECTIVE RUN  
CAPACITOR  
STRAINER  
RESTRICTED  
OPEN (KLIXON)  
OVER  
TEMPERATURE  
THERMOSTAT  
DEFECTIVE  
START  
CAPACITOR  
OUTDOOR COIL  
HEAVILY  
FROSTED  
COMPRESSOR  
BEARINGS  
FAN MOTOR  
CONTACTS  
WELDED CLOSED  
IN DEFROST  
RELAY  
DEFECTIVE  
ROOM  
THERMOSTAT  
(2ND STAGE)  
DEFECTIVE  
DEFROST  
THERMOSTAT  
HIGH-LOAD  
CONDITION  
DEFROST  
THERMOSTAT IN  
POOR PHYSICAL  
CONTACT WITH  
TUBE  
REVERSING  
VALVE JAMMED  
IN MIDPOSITION  
REVERSING  
VALVE DID NOT  
SHIFT  
UNIT NOT  
PROPERLY  
CHARGED  
DEFECTIVE  
CIRCUIT BOARD  
HIGH  
SUPERHEAT  
BAD ELECTRICAL  
CONNECTION  
ANYWHERE IN  
DEFROST  
DEFECTIVE  
START  
CAPACITOR  
CIRCUIT  
A90206  
Fig. 60 – Heat Pump Troubleshooting -- Heating Cycle  
81  
HEAT PUMP  
TROUBLESHOOTING COOLING CYCLE  
NO COOLING OR  
INSUFFICIENT  
COOLING  
COMPRESSOR  
RUNS BUT  
COMPRESSOR  
RUNS BUT  
INSUFFICIENT  
COOLING  
COMPRESSOR  
WILL NOT RUN  
CYCLES ON  
INTERNAL  
OVERLOAD  
OUTDOOR FAN  
HIGH SUCTION  
LOW HEAD  
PRESSURE  
HIGH SUCTION  
LOW  
SUPERHEAT  
STOPPED OR  
CYCLING ON  
OVERLOAD  
CONTACTOR  
OPEN  
CONTACTOR  
CLOSED  
LOOSE LEAD  
AT FAN MOTOR  
LOW SUCTION  
PRESSURE  
REVERSING  
VALVE HUNG UP  
OR INTERNAL  
LEAK  
OUTDOOR AIR  
RESTRICTED OR  
RECIRCULATING  
COMPRESSOR  
POWER SUPPLY  
OPEN  
DEFROST RELAY  
N.C. CONTACTS  
OPEN  
DIRTY AIR  
FILTERS  
UNIT  
OVERCHARGED  
POWER SUPPLY  
DAMAGED OR  
STUCK  
REVERSING  
VALVE  
DEFECTIVE  
LOW-VOLTAGE  
TRANSFORMER  
DEFECTIVE  
COMPRESSOR  
VALVES  
INCORRECT  
SIZE  
PISTON  
LOOSE LEADS AT  
COMPRESSOR  
MOTOR  
DEFECTIVE  
DUCT  
RESTRICTED  
FAILED  
TXV  
RESTRICTED  
DISCHARGE  
TUBE  
INCORRECT  
OFM  
CAPACITOR  
INTERNAL  
PRESSURE  
RELIEF OPEN  
OPEN  
THERMOSTAT  
FAULTY START  
GEAR (1-PH)  
DAMPERS  
PARTLY CLOSED  
OPEN SHORTED  
OR GROUNDED  
COMPRESSOR  
MOTOR  
OVERCHARGE  
OR NON-  
CONDENSABLES  
IN SYSTEM  
DEFECTIVE  
DEFROST  
THERMOSTAT  
OPEN CONTROL  
CIRCUIT  
INDOOR COIL  
FROSTED  
WINDINGS  
LOW  
REFRIGERANT  
CHARGE  
SLIGHTLY  
LOW ON  
REFRIGERANT  
LOSS OF  
CHARGE  
COMPRESSOR  
STUCK  
COMPRESSOR  
INTERNAL  
PROTECTION  
OPEN  
LINE VOLTAGE  
TOO HIGH OR  
LOW  
LIQUID LINE  
SLIGHTLY  
RESTRICTED  
CONTACTOR OR  
COIL DEFECTIVE  
LOOSE  
ELECTRICAL  
CONNECTION  
PISTON  
RESTRICTED  
DEFECTIVE RUN  
CAPACITOR  
DEFECTIVE RUN  
CAPACITOR  
DEFECTIVE  
START  
CAPACITOR  
INCORRECT  
SIZE  
PISTON  
COMPRESSOR  
BEARINGS  
INDOOR COIL  
STRAINER  
RESTRICTED  
HIGH  
SUPERHEAT  
INDOOR  
DEFECTIVE  
START  
CAPACITOR  
BLOWER MOTOR  
DEFECTIVE OR  
CYCLING ON OL  
A90207  
Fig. 61 – Heat Pump Troubleshooting -- Cooling Cycle  
82  
INDEX OF TABLES  
DESCRIPTION  
TABLE #  
Required Field--Installed Accessories for Air Conditioners . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1  
Required Field--Installed Accessories for Heat Pumps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2  
Defrost Control Speed--Up Timing Sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3  
Oil Charging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4  
Fitting Losses in Equivalent Feet . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5  
Puron System Suction Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6  
R--22 System Suction Pressure Drop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7  
Puron Refrigerant Pressure Temperature Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8  
R--22 Refrigerant Pressure Temperature Relationship Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9  
Puron Subcooling Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10  
Puron Superheat Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11  
R--22 Subcooling Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12  
R--22 Superheat Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13  
TWO--STAGE 286A/288A 180A/187A  
Model Plug Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14  
Outdoor Fan Motor PWM Above 55_F/12.7_C Outdoor Temp (DC volts, Tolerance +/-- 2%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15  
Two--Stage Compressor Resistances (Winding resistance at 70_F ± 20_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16  
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17  
TWO--STAGE 286B/288B 180B/187B  
Model Plug Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18  
Outdoor Fan Motor PWM Above 55_F/12.7_C Outdoor Temp (DC volts, Tolerance +/-- 2%) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19  
Two--Stage Compressor Resistances (Winding resistance at 70_F ± 20_) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20  
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21  
TWO--STAGE NON--COMMUNICATING 127A / 226A, COMMUNICATING 167A / 266A  
Model Plug Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22  
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23  
83  
E 2012 Bryant Heating & Cooling Systems 7310 W. Morris St. Indianapolis, IN 46231  
Edition Date: 05/12  
C a t a l o g N o . S M 0 1 --- 6  
Manufacturer reserves the right to discontinue, or change at any time, specifications or designs without notice and without incurring obligations.  
R e p l a ce s: SM 0 1 --- 5  
84  

AllerAir 9600NEG User Manual
Brother MFC 8880DN User Manual
Carrier 30H User Manual
Epson Stylus NX400 User Manual
Fisher Price W2005 User Manual
Friedrich YQ07 User Manual
Fujitsu AOU36RC User Manual
Goodman Mfg CKLB30 1D User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard HP LaserJet M551N Laser Printer CF081A#BGJ User Manual
HP Hewlett Packard Officejet J4660 User Manual